LIBRARY UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SAN DIEGO Me CLASH AN & Me GUSH AN f RUCKEE, CAL. THE BY Louis P. McCarty Author of the "Statistician and Economist, " " Health, Happiness and Longevity," Etc. That which before us lies in daily life, Is the prime wisdom ; What is more, is fume, Or emptiness, or fond impertinence ; And renders us, in things that most concern. Unpractised, unprepared, and still to seek." Milton's Adam to Angel. SAN FRANCISCO Loui. P. McCarty 1907 The Great Pyramid Jeezeh For What Purpose Was it Built ? By Whom Was it Built? And About When Was it Built ? Satisfactorily answered in the following pages. Entered according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1907, by LOUIS P. MCCARTY, In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. In the pages that follow, many other subjects are treated with copious notes from different authors, but all are of interest to prove our theory. PRICE In Cloth... ..$5.00 In Leather.. $6.00 PREFACE "Wer Vieles bringt, wird Jedem el was bringeii." (Who brings many things, brings something for each.) Goethe. NEARLY every thinking human being has some sec- ondary subject, outside of his regular calling, upon which he devotes his spare moments. With some, it consists in attempting to solve the hidden mysteries of the future life, through the agency of some one of the eleven hundred different faiths, as to who, or what, is Deity. With others, the mineralogical fields are explored, with the expectation of finding the original atom of matter, without combination, with side issues of all other "isms" and "ologies" that exist. The astronomer delights in his calling, peering into space, and every now and then astounds us with the discovery of a new world, or one at least, that has passed within the reach of our strongest magnifiers; while the antiquarians and anthropologists are not idle. Through the findings of the students of all the foregoing subjects mentioned, a fair minority of the thinking public are fcnmd to be followers. There are, however, a very few people, living in this 2oth century, who believe in or agree with the theories of any of the (over) one hundred pro- minent writers of the past, regarding the purpose for which the Great Pyramid Jeezeh was built, much less when, or by whom it was built. Having spent nearly all of our spare moments for the past thirty-five years in studying the works of the prin- cipal writers on the subjects of Antiquity, Egyptology, and Pyramidal building, we now present the following pages of fact and theory for the criticism of an intelligent public, the gist of which theory is our own. THE GREAT PYEAMID JEEZEH To present our subject properly, two volumes should precede this; one on the theory of "world building," and the other on "man's advent on the earth." But life is precarious; we must hurry on, and ask a generous public to accept our theories in a single volume. We offer no apology, however, for treating so many different contemporaneous subjects in the following pages, for we consider them all necessary to prove our theory. All we desire of our critical readers to believe is: that the "Great Pyramid Jeezeh" really exists at this time; that it is placed at or near the "geographical center" of all the continents on the face of the earth; and that the measurements as quoted from the principal authorities are approximately correct. Our theory, then, (that it was built by a race of people that preceded our race, with vastly more intelligence than we now possess, or will possess at the end of the 2oth century,) will be susceptible of proof, and much light will be conveyed to our (apparent) mysterious sub- ject, in opposition to the theory of the principal writers, "that it was built by a Deified architect, assisted by Deified workmen in an age of absolute ignorance (as to most things on the face of the earth)." vSo much has been written and said about the Pyramids of Egypt, and the principal publications contain so many references to other publications and reports that students of this subject should live next door to one of our largest "reference libraries," or spend a small fortune on a personal collection of books, in order to be able to comprehend the information that they attempt to furnish. We shall try in this work, however, to reduce that feat- ure to a minimum, and place within this one volume all the information we wish to convey. It is taken for granted, however, that all readers, writers and investigators of the subject before us, the building of the "First Great Pyramid," will accept as approximately correct, the meas- urements of that great structure as verified and accepted PEEFACE by such eminent Egyptologists, astronomers, and mathe- maticians as: Col. Howard Vyse, Prof. Piazzi Smyth, the French Academicians, Dr. Grant, Prof. John Greaves, Sir John Herschel, Dr. Lepsius, W. Osburn, Mr. James Simpson, Prof. H. L. Smith, Mr. John Taylor, Sir Gard- ner Wilkinson, and others, thus making the remaining portion of our task approximately light. More than two hundred eminent mathematicians and astronomers have visited and measured this pyramid since the year 820 A. D.; some of them spending only a day and measuring only a single passageway, while others camped there and worked steadily for months. The net results, however, can be summed up from the figures furnished by the professors above mentioned, which we give you in the body of this work. No one will attempt to question the perfect sanity of those professional measurers, as to their mathematics; but when you analyze their opinions regarding the date of the building of that structure, critically, you will dis- cover that they had boxed their science, and appealed to "miracle" to help them out. Most of them were devout Christians, and, in their interpretation of the sacred writings, could not permit of any event antedating the year 4004 B.C. As we differ so widely from the opinions of the above mentioned "noted authors," regarding the purpose for which it was built, and the possible date of its erection, we ask suspension of personal opinion, until the reader has thoroughly investigated our argument brought forward in this work. A table of contents follows this preface, also a table of illustrations. And at the close of this work will be found a copious index, which the reader is asked to consult on all occasions, when in doubt regarding any subject herein treated. All principal subjects are indexed direct, as well as by subsections treated. Individuals are indexed under their surnames. The whole is respectfully submitted by the author. THE GREAT PYEAMID JEEZEH ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE GREAT PYRAMID Plate I. Vertical section of the Great Pyramid, showing the origin- al outline, and inner chambers 9 II. Geography of Upper Egypt, the World and location of the Great Pyramid 11 III. Chorography of Great Pyramid and its neighbors 13 IV. Vertical sections of all Pyramids on Jeezeh Hill 15 V. Vertical sections of all the residual pyramids of Egypt .... 17 VI. Ground plan of the Great Pyramid 19 VII. Casing-stone remnants of the Great and 2nd Pyramids. . . 21 VIII. Present entrance into the Great Pyramid, front elevation and side section 23 IX. Chamber and passage system of the Great Pyramid 25 X. Lower end of the Grand Gallery in Great Pyramid 27 XI. View of the 7 sides of the so-called Queen's Chamber. ... 29 XII. Ante-chamber and upper end of Grand Gallery 31 XIII. Walls of the Ante-chamber opened out, and the Boss on the Granite Leaf 33 XIV. King's Chamber, Ante-chamber, and upper (southern) end of Grand Gallery 35 XV. Walls of the King's Chamber opened out, and ground plan of the Coffer 37 XVI. Size and shape of Great Pyramid measured without 39 XVII. Size and shape of Great Pyramid from testimony within 41 XVIII. Construction hypothesis of passage angles and chamber emplacements in Great Pyramid 43 XIX. Tomb of King Cheops far outside the Great Pyramid .... 45 XX. The starry skies as seen at the Great Pyramid in 2170 B. C; 27,970 B. C. ; and 53,770 B. C 47 XXI. Reverse side of the Great Seal of the U. S 48 XXII. The Great Pyramid as seen by Caliph Al Mamoun (minus the astronomical) in 822 A. D 48 For minor mathematical illustrations, see index. TABLE OF CONTENTS Ilhistrations and their explanatory notes extend from page 8 to page 48 PART I. Sections. Past rulers and history of Egypt 1&2 The Seven Wonders of the World, etc 3 & 4 Earthquakes, Tidal Waves, and Cataclysms 5&6 Astronomy and the Solar System 7 The Earth and World Building 8 Condensed Measures of the Pyramid 9 The Only Real Pyramid 10 Miscellaneous measurements, with proofs furnished 11 & 12 Standard of Length 13 & 14 Great Pyramids Numbers 15 & 16 Astronomical and Geographical positions 17 to 20 Exterior Measures and Masonry Courses 21 PART II. The Source of Measures 22 to 60 PART III. History of the Interior of the Pyramid 61 & 62 Great Pyramid entered first time, since original builders sealed it up. Wise men differ as to what is limestone or granite 63 to 67 Wall courses of the King's Chamber, as described by different' travelers 68 to 70 Interior details of measurement, temperature, vibration of the King's Chamber, Symbolism of the Ante-Chamber, Granite Leaf 'Inch' Measurement. T6gether with de- tailed information regarding the Subterranean Unfinished Chamber, Ascending Passage-way, Grand Gallery, Ante- Chamber, King's Chamber, Horizontal Passage to Queen's Chamber, The Queen's Chamber, Well, etc 71 to 76 PART IV. Details of the Capacity Measure of the Coffer in the King's Chamber, Tables of Pyramid Capacity Measure and Pyra- mid Weight Measure, and System of Specific Gravities, Linear Elements of the Pyramid, and the Earth together with the Pound Weight Measure of Most Nations. Inter- national Linear Measure ; Thermometers, etc 77 to 84 Pyramid Angle Measure, Money on the Pyramid System; Pyramid Astronomy, Ark of the Covenant of Moses, Solo- mon's Molten Sea, Other Chambers still undiscovered in the Pyramid, Queen's Chamber now open once concealed, Queen's Chamber Air Channels, Further from the Critics of the Great Sphinx, Cubic Contents of Chambers, Chro- nology of Egyptologists, Architectural facts of the Great Pyramid, Noachian Deluge of the Bible, Future of the Great Pyramid 85 to 100 Seven Natural Wonders of the World, Weights and Measures of different countries reduced to U. S. Standard 101 & 102 Ancient Free Masonry, Conclusion, Index 103 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH SEE PLATE I., opposite page, showing vertical section of the Great Pyramid, from south to north, looking west. At the time of day and season when it devours its own shadow. The limestone base upon which the pyramid stands is elevated about 146 feet above the average water level sur- rounding it, and 215 feet above the level of the Mediter- ranean Sea. ILLUSTEATIONS PLATE I 10 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZ EH SEE PLATE II. Showing the geography of Upper Egypt, with the different mouths of the Nile river as it enters the Mediterranean Sea, from the sector-shaped land showing the line of the Great Pyramid to be placed in the exact center. Also the map of the world on the "Mercator projection," showing the Great Pyramid to be located near the center of all the land of the earth, and at the exact center of its weight above water. ILLUSTRATIONS 11 PLATE II THE GREAT PYRAMID IN THE CENTRE AND. AT THE SAME TIME AT THE BORDER. OF THE SECTOR-SHAPED LAND OF LOWE*R EGYPT, LOWER EGYPT INJHE GEOGRAPHICAL CENTRE OF THE LAND -SURFACE OF TH WHOLE WORLD .., //. i-:. t ,..,l Stufao /',<,:.<(,< / 12 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH SEE PLATE III. Chorography of the Great Pyramid and its neighbors. Showing also the location of Cheops' tomb, the Great Sphnix, and the relative position of the second and third pyramids. This is known as the flat-topped hill of Jeezeh. The Great Pyramid is represented in the center near the top of the illustration. ILLUSTRATIONS 13 PLATE III LONGITUDE MERIDIAN OF THE GREAT PYRAMID MAP OF THE PYRAMIDS OF JEEZEH. ON THEIR FLAT TOPPED HILL OF BOCK. RISING JUST SOUTH OF THE LOW DELTA LAND OF LOWER EGYPT. AND WEST OF THE NORTHERN END OF THE SINGLE LONGITUDINAL VALLEY, BY WHICH THE NILE BRINGS ITS WATERS THROUGH 36* OF LATITUDE. FROM THE EQUATORIAL LAKES 14 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH SEK PLATE IV. Showing the vertical sections of all the (9) Jeezeh group of pyramids. Their ancient size and shape being shown by the dotted triangles over them. The only one of this group that was built (outside ot the Great Pyramid itself) with any order as to its sloping sides, was the third, which see. ILLUSTEATIONS 15 PLATE IV NINTH PYRAMID ALLTHEPYRAMIDS OF JEEZ EH IN VERTICAL AND MERIDIAN SECTION, 16 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH SEE PLATE V. Showing all the pyramids of Egypt outside of the Jeezeh group. This illustration represents them in the order as they will be found passing from north to south, together with their location by latitude. For their height and date of erection, see table of Pyramids of Egypt, in index. ILLUSTRATIONS 17 PLATE V \\1her,, l\Mi,.i .,!' /.,'*/,> S.>titl,<;;, /Ir,,,,,/,/.-/ I.,, 1,1- < //,.//,/,, /', r.'rl\; ,./'.'/ ,;/,',> 18 THE GKEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH SEE PLATE VI. Ground plan of the Great Pyramid, together with the horizontal sectional area at the level of the King's Chamber. Also exhibits the spot on the south side of the pyramid, where Prof. Howard Vyse, made an unsuccessful attempt to force an entrance. ILLUSTRATIONS 19 PLATE VI GROUND PLAN OFTHE GREAT PYRAMID. TOGETHER WITH ITS HORIZONTAL SECTIONAL AREA AT THE LEVEL OF THE KINGS CHAMBER. SCALE OF BRITISH INCMCS. 20 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH , SEE PLATE VII. The upper part of this illustration exhibits the casing stone remnants of the second pyramid. The lower part of this picture exhibits the first three layers of stone on the north side of the Great Pyramid, including the first layer of the original angle casing stones, as dis- covered by Col. Howard Vyse, in 1857 A. D. ILLUSTRATIONS 21 PLATE VII EXAMPLE OF THE CASING-STONES or A PYRAMID. SUPER-POSED REMNANT of THE ORIGINAL CASING-STONE SURFACE OF THE GREAT PYRAMID 22 THE GKEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH SEE PLATE VIII. Exhibiting a front, also a vertical longitudinal section of the present entrance to the Great Pyramid, and a line drawn showing where the original casing stones reached too, as seen by Caliph Al Mamoun in the year 822 A. D. ILLUSTRATIONS 23 PLATE VIII 24 THE GREAT PYEAMID JEEZEH SEE PLATE IX. Illustrating the chamber and pas- sage system of the Great Pyramid. Also includes the forced hole made by the followers of Caliph Al Mamoun and the unfinished state of the subterranean chamber in the base rock, under the exact center of the Great Pyramid. ILLUSTEATIONS 25 PLATE IX 26 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH SEE PLATE X. By placing the upper half of this illustration to the right or north side of Plate XIV, a con- tinuous passage is exhibited, and the intention of its original purpose made plain. The lower half of this plate exhibits a displaced Ramp stone and entrance to the well. See Plate IX. ILLUSTRATIONS 27 PLATE X SECTION LOOKING WEST Of LOWER OR NORTHERN END F CRAND GALLERY I N OR PYR? _ ENLARGED PERSPECTIVE VIEW or IHC BROKEN OUT RAMP STONE AND THE ENTRANCE TO IN t WELL. 28 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH SEE PLATE XL The Queen's Chamber, so-called, in the Great Pyramid. The only chamber exhibiting seven sides. Through the niche in the east wall of which, we expect to find an entrance to other chambers. Prof, H. L. Smith, of Hobart College, Geneva, N. Y., (in a private letter) speaking of the Queen's Chamber, in the Great Pyramid, remarks, "Either there is proof in that chamber of supernatural inspiration granted to the archi- tect," or "that primeval official possessed, without in- spiration, in an age of absolute scientific ingorance 4,000 years ago, scientific knowledge equal to, if not surpassing, that of the present highly developed state of science in the modern world." ILLUSTKATIONS 29 PLATE XI 30 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH SEE PLATE XII. Showing the upper end of the Grand Gallery and the ante-chamber. Also exhibiting the great 36 inch step and the low passage way into the King's Chamber; compelling all who enter there to stoop and bow his head, though he might be ruler of the whole world ILLUSTRATIONS 31 PLATE XII VERTICAL MERIDIAN SECTION frvm.GrGalLry through ANTE-CHAMBER to Kui g sCli r LxJan g ast>uii IMMgr iUfl ANTE-CHAM BER toKuysQt stone,. GwsecLbnt shading -Granite, jllso \.-tme- stone, and, fj-GmJutc/ KIII SMVTH. 0( cit 4 so. torn* 32 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH SEE PLATE XIII. The Ante-Chamber and its walls opened out; also the Boss on the Granite Leaf. In this chamber all candidates received their preparatory lectures before entering the King's Chamber, and other chambers later on. ILLUSTRATIONS 33 PLATE XIII 34 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH SEE PLATE XIV. The King's Chamber and its ac- cessories, which include the ante-chamber, and the southern end of the Grand Gallery. Also Howard Vyse's hollows of construction above the King's Chamber. The crossed lines indicate granite. Some idea of the magnitude of this portion of pyramid construction may be had when we tell you that the first cross tie of granite seen over the King's Chamber is about 41-2 feet square, by 25 feet long and it takes 9 of these slabs or ties to form the ceiling to the King's Chamber; each slab of which weighs about 42 tons. See Plate X. with explanation on page 26. It will be noticed that even a king would have to stoop to enter this chamber. ILLUSTRATIONS 35 CRTCCAL &t' Fig 2, LENGTHS AND PLACES. OF PASSAGES IN GREAT PYR to Fig I. I C & C K bisected, horizontal, lines, then, 'oraMeita C S. marks entrance, passage. "W T at an. tujual but opposite, angle marks Flrstdscending Jingle* BCP/hereC f-side ofctrual, ,; = 3O / = RITCHIE 4 SON. (DIN* 44 THE GREAT PYEAMID JEEZEH SEE PLATE XIX. Tomb of King Cheops, far outside the Great Pyramid. Showing plan and vertical section of the tomb and hydraulic reference data, with regard to the different water levels surrounding the same. ILLUSTEATIONS 45 PLATE XIX AN ANCIENT TOMB. Mill' S( &f>'. ,./.-,:/:. /W /' //V/i-/- M/v nt/iif nick up ft> //// IhfJtivrraJ tf>f. Ume J 46 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH SEE PLATE XX. Showing the starry skies as seen at the Great Pyramid at the date of its foundation, and other anniversaries of that ancient period: viz., 53,770 B. C.; 27,970 B. C.; and 2,170 B. C. This position of the stars occur but once in every 25,800 years. ILLUSTRATIONS 47 PLATE XX GROUND PLAN OF THE CIRCLES OF THE HEAVENS ABOVE THE GREAT PYRAMID, AT ITS EPOCH OF FOUNDATION AT MIDNIGHT OF AUTUMNAL EQUINOX 2170 B.C. 0. DRACONIS ON MERIDIAN BELOW POLE AT ENTRANCE PASSAGE ANGLE; AND PLEIADES ON MERIDIAN ABOVCPOLE IN 0"9.A OR COINCIDENT LY WITH VERNAL EQUINOX. 48 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH PLATE XXI The above illustration shows the Reverse side of the "Great Seal" of the U.S.; it shows a pyramid unfinished. In the zenith an eye in a triangle, surrounded with a glory, proper; over the eye these words, "Annuit Coeptis," meaning God has favored the undertaking. On the base of the pyramid the numerical letters MDCCLXXVI., (1776) and underneath the following motto: "Novus Ordo Seclorum," meaning the beginning of a new series of ages. The pyramid signifies strength and duration ; the eye over it and the motto alludes to the many and signal interpositions of Providence in favor of the American cause. The date underneath is that of the Declaration of Independence; and the words under it signify the beginning of the new era. (This side of the Great Seal is not used.) AS SEEN IN 822 A.D. By Caleph Al Mamoun and his followers, when forcing an entrance into the northern base of the Great Pyramid. See article in part first regarding the same. EGYPT NOTE. Egypt was called Mizraim down to 1485 B. C. The first seat of political civilization is now conceded by most historians to have been in Egypt ; the only difference being the date that it occurred, or the time that has elapsed since the political organization of men. A few of the authorities for the above statement are: "Champolion," discoverer of the "Key" to the "Hieroglyphics" on the "Rosetta Stone," which, with the aid of other history, indicate to him that "Isis," the first prominent ruler of men (see Ancient Masonry, this work), flourished 250,000 years B. C. The first ruler over all Egypt, by other authorities, was "Menes," the founder of the first thirty dynasties; the dates and authorities for the founder of "Memphis" (Menes) are: Bunsen, 3,643 B. C.; Lepsius, 3,892: Poole, 2,717; and others varying some 1,000 years more. The first epoch (for which we have written history) is the dynasty of the Pharaohs, commencing with Mizraim, son of Ham, second son of Noah, 2,188 B. C., to the conquest of Cambyses, 525 B. C. ; second epoch, to the death of "Alexander the Great," and establishment of the Ptolemies, 323 B. C.; third epoch to the death of "Cleopatra," and the subjugation by the Romans. 30 B. C. RULERS. GENEALOGY, HISTORY, ETC. REIGN. TIME. |Yrs. Builder of "Memphis," 250,000 B. C. Building of the original "Cheops," conjectured, 150,000 to 25,000 B. C. First dynasty, conjectured, 3643 or Builds Memphis, (Blair) Egypt divided into four kingdoms, viz: "Egypt proper, Upper Egypt, Lower Egypt, and Memphis" B. C. 2717 2188 2126 21262111 21112080 20801821 1821 1618 1492 14921491 14911485 1189 971825 825781 781760 760737 737650 650647 647610 610601 601591 591526 526487 487465 465463 414350 350332 332323 323285 285247 247222 222205 205181 181 146 146117 1 17107 10789 8981 62 15 259 1 6 146 44 21 87 3 9 10 65 39 22 2 64 18 9 38 25 17 24 35 29 10 18 8 Menes. . . Mizraim. Busiris Builds "Thebes," (Usher) . . First warlike king; conquers Bac- tria, Asia. (Usher, Lenglet) (Shepherd Kings) Amenophis I Phoenicians invade "Lower Egypt," and hold it from Acknowledged king of all Egypt .... King; conquers many countries, builds walls and pyramids .... Rameses III., or Sesostris.. . Amenophis II Drowned in "Red Sea" with army. . Egyptus. . . Egypt, changes name from Mizraim Reigns, "the Proteus of the Greeks." Enters Palestine, ravishes Judea. . . . Of the Tanite Kings . Thuori*. . . . Pseusennes (Shishak) Petubastes Saites. Dynasty of. (Blair). . . Bocchoris. ... . . Roasted alive by "Sebacon" Ethiopian, subdues Bocchoris Expelled by "Psammetichus" He invests Azoth; it holds out 19 y'rs Begins a canal, between the Arabian Gulf and Mediterranean Sea Sebacon The Dodekarchy (12 rulers) Psammetichus Necho Apries Deposed by Nebuchadnezzar Of Babylon. The line of the Pha- raoh's ends Nebuchadnezzar. ... Cambyses Xerxes Inarus ' Amyrtaeu.s An excessive, cruel tyrant Also king of Persia Incited a revolt. (Blair) Proclaimed King. (Lenglet) Also King of Persia Orchus . Alexander the Great Conquers Egypt, founds Alexandria Soter, re-establishes the monarchy (With his father) Ptolemy I., Lagus Ptolemy II , Philadelphus. . . Ptolemy III., Euergetes Ptolemy IV., Philopator. . . . Ptolemy V., Epiphanes Ptolemy VI., Philometor.... Ptolemy VII., Euergetes Ptolemy VIII., Soter II., and Cleopatra. . . . King, reigns Defeats Antiochus, King of Syria. . . ., Sends an Embassy to Rome His Queen marries his brother Murders his brother's child; driven from his throne for his many cru- elties in 130; regains throne, 128. Son and mother, rule Alexander I Ptolemy VIII.. Ptolemy VIII. deposed Son of Cleopatra, restored . . 50 THE GREAT PYEAMID JEEZEH EG tfPT-=Continued. RULERS GENEALOGY, HISTORY, ETC. REIGN TIME |Yrs. Alexander II. and Cleopatra I 8180 8058 5855 5551 5143 4330 30 B. C. A. D. 616 616638 638163 11631196 11961517 15171520 15201790 17901801 18011806 18061848 18481848 1848 1854 18541863 18631879 18791892 1892 1 22 3 4 8 13 646 22 525 33 321 3 270 11 5 42 2m 6 9 16 13 Deposed Berenice and Tryhoena . . Rule 3 years and fly tne throne. . . . Restored Brother and sister - Poisons her brother, rules alone. She and Mark Antony kill them- selves Ptolemy IX., Auletes Ptolemy and Cleopatra II.. . Cleopatra II . Octavius, Caesar Enters Egypt, the Empire becomes a Roman province Chosroes II.... ... "See Rulers of Rome" . . .... Of Persia, conquers Egypt .... Amrou Of the Saracens, invades Egypt "See Saracens, rulers of Rome." Turkish rulers Their government established, 1250 Emperor of the Turks (Conquest of the. Turks).. (Mamelukes rule) Selim I (Turkish rulers) . . conquer Egypt. "See Turkey.', Napoleon I. of the French holds the country for 11 years . . . Bonaparte. (Turkish rulers) The British restore Egypt to Tur- key in 1801 Khedive, hereditary Viceroy (Adopted ) Son of Mehemet. Ibrahim. Abbas Son of Ibrahim, Khedive Said Brother of Abbas. Khedive Nephew of Said. Khedive Ismail Mohammed Tewfik Abbas II , Hilmi Son of Ismail, Khedive Son of Said EGYPT 51 (Sec. i.) EGYPT (in Greek, Aiguptos; in Hebrew Misr or Misraim ; in the language of the country in hierogly- phics, Kemi which signifies the black land; and by the Arabs of the present day called Misr) , a country in the northeastern part of Africa. Egypt was conquered by the Turks in 1517. The Viceroyalty was made hereditary in 1841. The Sultan granted to the Khedive the rights of concluding treaties with foreign powers and of maintaining armies June 8, 1873. The annual tribute paid to Turkey is about $3,000,000. Egypt proper extends from the Medi- terranean Sea south to lat. 22 N., and from the latter region, known as the Egyptian Soudan, is governed by Egypt and Great Britain jointly. The eastern boundary is the Red Sea, and on the extreme northeast Syria. The western boundary runs northwest to Tripoli, and thence southeast to a point 200 miles west of Wady-Halfa. One- third of the Libyan Desert also belongs to Egypt. The area of Egypt is about 383,800 square miles. It extends about 675 miles north and south, and 500 miles east and west. Its population is about 10,500,000. TOPOGRAPHY. In ancient as in modern times, Egypt was always divided into the Upper and the Lower, or the Southern and the Northern country; and at a very early period it was further subdivided into a num- ber of nomes, or departments, varying in different ages: 42 was probably the usual number. A third great division, the Heptanomis, or seven nomes, preserved in modern "Middle Egypt" (Wustani), was introduced at the time of the geographer Ptolemy. Each nome or department had a separate local government. In the 5th century A. D., Egypt was divided into Augusta Prima and Secunda on the east, and .rEgyptiaca on the west, Arcadia (the Heptanomis), Thebais Proxima as far as Panapolis, and Thebais Supra to Philae. Under the Mohammedans, the triple division into Misr el-Bahri (Lower Egypt), el-Wustani (Middle) and es-Said (Upper) has prevailed, but the number 52 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH of subdivisions has varied; at present there are altogether thirteen provinces. Egypt is connected with Asia by the Isthmus of Suez, across which runs the great ship canal without locks now connecting the Mediterranean with the Red Sea ; running from Port Said on the former to Suez on the latter, a distance of 99 miles. According to Herodotus a large canal from the Red Sea. to the Nile was constructed about 600 B. C. This canal, which seems never to have been of much use, was finally blocked up about 767 A. D. Napoleon I. had conceived the idea of making a ship canal across the Isthmus of Suez. In 1854, the French engineer, M. Ferdinand de Lesseps, obtained a concession for that purpose, and in 1858 was able to form a company for carry- ing on the work. Operations were begun on April 25, 1859, and on Nov. 17, 1869, the canal was opened; the total cost of construction was $102,750,000. There were 75 miles of actual excavation, the remaining 24 miles being through shallow lakes (Lakes Menzaleh, Lake Timsah, and Bittet Lakes'), which usually had to be deepened. For about four-fifths of its length it was originally 327 ft. wide at the surface of the water, 72 feet at the bottom, and 26 feet deep; for the remainder only 196 ft. wide at the top, the other dimensions being the same; but the increase of traffic led to its being widened and deepened several years ago. By an agreement signed Oct. 29, 1888, the canal was exempted from blockade, and vessels of all nations, whether armed or not, are to be allowed to pass through it in peace or war. During the year 1906, some 4000 ships passed through this canal, for which privilege the company received over $20,000,000. A canal was also constructed for bringing fresh water from the Nile at a point near Cairo. This canal reaches the salt water canal at Ismailia, and then runs almost parallel to the ship canal to Suez. It is almost 40 ft. wide and 9 deep, and is used for navigation as well as for domestic purposes and irrigation. The land on both sides of the ship canal is to be retained by the com- pany for ninety-nine years. Navigation at night by the EGYPT 53 aid of electric light began on March i , 1887, and has shorten- ed the time of passage by about one-half, viz., to about sixteen to twenty hours. Steamships are allowed to sail at a speed of five to six knots an hour along the canal. The inhabited portion of Egypt is mainly confined to the valley and delta of the Nile, which where widest does not exceed 120 miles, while in many parts of the valley it is only from 10 to 15 miles wide, and at the southern frontier of Egypt only two miles. West of the Nile are several oases. Two ranges of lofty mountains, the Arabian Hills on the east and the Libyan'on the west, enclose this valley. The delta of the Nile is traversed by a network of primary and secondary channels, and is also intersected by numerous canals. Seven principal channels, or mouths, were us- ually recognized in ancient times, the names of which, going from east to west, were the Pelusiac mouth, the Tanitic, the Mendesian, the Phatnitic (Damietta), the Sebennytic, the Bolbitic (Rosetta), and the Canoptic. The Nile has a current running seaward at the rate of 2 1-2 or 3 miles an hour, and the otream is always deep enough for navigation. The water becomes a reddish brown during the annual overflow; it is esteemed highly salubrious. Near the sea are Lakes Menzaleh, Mariut (Mareotis), and other extensive but shallow lagoons. The openings or lateral valleys of the hills confining the valley of the Nile are comparatively few, or, being little frequented, are not well known. Those on the east side are the Valley of the Wanderings (of the children of Israel) , leading from the neighborhood of Cairo to the head of the Gulf of the Suez, and that through which passes the. road from Koptos to Kosseir on the Red Sea. A short distance west of the Nile and above the delta is the fertile valley of Fayoum, in the northwest and lowest part of which is the Birket-Kerun Lake or Birket-el-Kerun, fed by a canal or branch from the Nile. The level of the lake is now 130 feet below that of the Mediterranean. This lake, formerly known as Lake Moeris, anciently covered a far larger area. 54 THE GREAT PYBAUID JEEZEH and by means of sluices and other works was utilized for irrigation purposes. The deserts on the west bank of the Nile generally present to view plains of gravel or of fine drifting sand ; on the east the scene is varied by rocks and mountains. CLIMATE. The atmosphere in Egypt is extremely clear and dry, the temperature regular and hot, though the heat is tempered during the daytime for seven or eight months of the year by the strong wind which blows from the north, and which enables sailing vessels to as- cend the river against the stream. The winter months are the most delightful of the year, the air being cool and balmy, and the ground covered with verdure; later, the ground becomes parched and dry, and in spring the suffoca- ting khamseen, or simoon, frequently blows into the Nile valley from the desert plains on each side of it, raising clouds of fine sand, and causing great annoyance, until the rising of the river again comes to bless the land. It rains but rarely, except near the seashore. At Memphis, the rain falls perhaps three or four times in the course of a year, and in Upper Egypt only once or twice, if at all; showers of hail sometimes reach the borders of Egypt, but the forma- tion of ice is very uncommon. Earthquakes are rare occurrences and so slight as to be seldom recorded (see article on earthquakes in another portion of this work), and thunder and lightning are neither frequent nor violent. Egypt is not remarkably healthy, especially in the delta ophthalmia, diarrhoea, dysentery, and boils being some- what prevalent. But many invalids now winter in Egypt, especially in the neighborhood of Cairo, or higher up the river, where the air is dry and pure. THE NILE AND IRRIGATION. The great his- toric river Nile, anciently called the Nilus, is 4,100 miles in length, and one of the few great rivers and second longest, in the world. It is only exceeded by the Missouri and Mississippi (from its junction) which combined are 4,575 miles, long. It divides, at lat. 30 15', just below the EGYPT 55 first cataract, into two main streams, one entering the sea by the Rosetta mouth on the west, the other by the Damietta mouth on the east. These two streams carry the bulk of the Nile water to the Mediterranean, and en- close a large portion of the territory known as the delta, from its resemblance to the Greek letter A, and which owes its existence to the deposits of alluvial matter brought down by the stream. A most remarkable phenomenon connected with the Nile is its annual regular increase, rising from its periodical rains, which fall within the equa- torial regions and the Abyssianian mountains. As rain rarely falls in Egypt, the prosperity of the country entirely depends on this overflowing of the river. On the subsiding of the water the land is found to be covered with a brown slimy deposit, which so enriches the soil that with a suffici- ency of water it produces two crops a year, while beyond the limits of the inundation and irrigation there is no culti- vation whatever. The Nile begins to rise in June, and continues to increase until about the end of September, overflowing the lowlands along its course, the water being conveyed to the fields by artificial courses where natural channels fail. After remaining stationary for a short time, the river rises again still further, and subsequently begins to subside, showing a markedly lower level in January, February and March, and reaching its lowest in April, May, and early June. The overflow of the water is now to a great extent managed artificially by means of an extensive system of reservoirs and canals, so that after the river subsides it may be used as required. A certain proportion of the fields, after receiving the overflow and being sown, can ripen the crop without future moisture; but many others al- ways require artificial irrigation. Steam pumps are now largely used in Northern Egypt. Latterly the govern- ment has tried to make the farmer less and less directly dependent on the inundation, and the great barrage of the Nile below Cairo, the largest weir in the world, is one means to this end, a great barrage or dam at Assouan being another. 56 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH The native methods of raising water for irrigation are chiefly by the sakieh, or water wheel, and the shadoof. The first consists of a horizontal wheel turned by one or two oxen, which sets in motion a vertical wheel, around which are hung a number of earthen jars, this wheel being sunk into a reservoir connected with the river. The jars thus scoop up the water and bring it to a trough on a level with the top. Into this trough each jar empties itself in succes- sion, and the water is conducted by an inclined channel into the cultivated ground adjoining, which may have been previously divided into compartments of i or 2 yards square by raising the mold into walls or ridges of 5 or 6 inches in height. Into these compartments the cultivator forms an entrance for the water, by depressing a little space in the ridge or wall with the sole of his foot; and this over- looking of the channels of irrigation, and the adjustment of the openings from one compartment to another with the foot, is continued until the cultivator is assured by the growth of the plants that each compartment is daily and duly supplied with its proper quantity of water. The second means of raising water, namely, the shadoof, con- sists of a leathern bucket slung at one end of a pole which has a weight at the other and sways up and down on a vertical support, a contrivance by which the cultivator is enabled to scoop up the water considerably below his feet and raise it with comparative ease to the mouth of a channel on a level with his breast. The latter mode of raising water is of great antiquity, and is depicted on the walls of the ancient tombs of Egypt, and also in the sculptures of Nineveh. A sufficient rise of the river (the rise varies at different points) is essential to secure the prosperity of the country; and as the water subsides the chaplet of buckets on the sakieh is lengthened, or several shadoofs, rising one above the other on the river banks, are re- quired. Should the Nile rise above the requisite height it may do great damage; while if it should not attain the ordinary height there is a deficiency of crops; but so re- EGYPT 57 gular are the operations of nature that, with rare excep- tions, the inundations are nearly uniform. OASES. The fertile spots peculiar to the deserts of Africa are found in Egypt along the hollow region of the Libyan Desert, parallel to the general direction of the valley of the Nile, and about 80 miles west of it. The Great Oasis, or El Wah (the oasis) el Khargeh, lies imme- diately west of the Thebaid, and has a length of 100 miles. About 50 miles west of the northern extremity of this oasis, lies the Wah el Dakhileh, 24 miles long and 10 miles broad. West by south from the Fayoum, the date groves of the Little Oasis, or Wah el Baharieh, display their usual verdure. In this fertile spot artesian wells are numerous, and some of ancient construction have been discovered which have depths exceeding 400 feet. On the road between this oasis and that of El Dakhileh, inclining to the west, occurs half-way the Wah el Farafrah, of small extent. West of the Fayoum, and about 200 miles from the Nile, lies the oasis of Siwah. The inhabitants of this secluded spot, though tributary to Egypt, are in language and manners wholly Libyan. The region of the oases terminates toward the north in the desert of the Natron lakes. ZOOLOGY. Owing to the absence of forests in Egypt there are few wild animals, the principal species being the wolf, fox, jackal, hyena, the wild ass, and several kinds of antelope. The chief domestic animals are camels, horses, asses, horned cattle, and sheep. The hippopotamus is no longer found in Egypt, though it is met with in the Nile above the cataracts, and the crocodile has abandoned the lower part of the river, and is becoming rare even in Upper Egypt. Among the birds are three species of vultures (one of which is very large, individuals sometimes measuring 15 feet across the wings), eagles, falcons, hawks, buzzards, kites, crows, linnets, larks, sparrows and the beautiful hoopoe, which is regarded with superstitious reverence. Pigeons and various kinds of poultry are very abundant. The ostrich is found in the deserts. Among 58 THE GKEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH the reptiles are the cerastes and naja haje, both deadly poisonous. Fishes abound in the Nile and in the lakes, and furnish a common and favorite article of food. Water-fowl are plentiful and were anciently prepared and salted like fish. The sacred ibis is still a regular visitor during the inundation, and the pelican is found in the northern lagoons. Among the countless insects are the sacred beetle, the locust and mosquito. Many of the animals, birds and reptiles were held sacred by the people; whoever killed a sacred animal, an ibis or a hawk, was put to death. If a cat died a natural death every person in the house shaved his eye- brows; if a dog died, the whole body and head was shaved. The cats were buried at Bubastis, the dogs in the vaults of their own cities, field mice and hawks at Buto, the ibis at Hermopolis, and other animals where they were found ly- ing. Of all animals, the sacred calf Apis was the most revered. His chief temple was at Memphis. The females, being sacred to Isis, were thrown into the Nile, which was considered sacred, and the males were buried at Sakkara. BOTANY. The few trees found in Egypt include the date palm, tamarisk, sycamore, Christ 's-Thorn, carob, and two species of acacia. Many trees have been planted in recent times, especially about Cairo, such as the lebbek (Al- bizzia Lebbek) and the eucalyptus. The papyrus plant, once so important, is now to be found only in one or two spots. Of it was manufactured a paper, which was supplied to all the ancient world. Boats, baskets, cords and shoes were also made of it. Wine was abundantly produced in an- cient Egypt, and the sculptures bear ample testimony to the extent to which the ancient Egyptians indulged in wine and beer or other intoxicating beverages. The vine is still cultivated, but little or no wine is made, as it can easily be imported. The following plants are sown immediately after the inundation begins to subside, and are harvested three or four months later: wheat, barley, beans, peas, lentils, vetches, lupins, clover, flax, lettuce, hemp, corian der, poppies, tobacco, watermelons and cucumbers. The EGYPT 59 following plants are raised in summer chiefly by artificial irrigation: durra, maize, onions, henna, sugarcane, cot- ton, coffee, indigo, and madder. Grapes are plentiful, and other fruits abound, of which the most common are dates, figs, pomegranates, apricots, peaches, .oranges, lemons, citrons, bananas, mulberries, and olives. The lotus or water-lily is the chief species of flora found in Egypt. There is a high coarse grass called halfa and various kinds of reeds and canes. GEOLOGY AND MINEROLOGY. Granite, lime- stone and sandstone are the principal rock formations found in Egypt. In the Nile Valley sandstone prevails, from the quarries of which most of the temples of Egypt have been built. At Syene, at the southern extremity of the country, granite predominates, and the quarries there have furnished chiefly the materials for the obelisks and colossal statues of Egypt. Over a great extent of the country the rocks are covered with moving sands, and in the lands bordering on the Nile by the alluvium deposited during the inundations which consists of an argillaceous earth or loam, more or less mixed with sand. This sedimentary deposit has no traces of stratification. Various other minerals in addition to those already mention- ed, and which were used in the ancient buildings, sculpture, vases, etc., include syenite, basalt, alabaster, breccia and porphyry. Among other valuable products were emeralds, gold from the mines in Upper Egypt, iron from the desert plains of Nubia, and natron from the lakes in the Oasis of Ammon, hence called sal ammoniac. Bitumen, salt and sulphur are also among the minerals of Egypt. INHABITANTS. Of the inhabitants of Egypt those of the peasant class, or Fellahs, as they are called, are undoubtedly indigenous, and may be regarded as de- scendants of the ancient Egyptians. They have mostly embraced Mohammedanism. The Copts are the de- scendants of the ancient Egyptians who embrace and still cling to the Christian religion. Though compara- 60 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH tively few in number (about 600,000), their education and useful talents enable them to hold a respectable position in society. The Fellahs are generally peasants and laborers; the Copts fill the posts of clerks, account- ants, etc. With these aboriginal inhabitants are mingled, in various proportions, Turks, Arabs (partly Bedouins), Armenians, Berbers, negroes and a considerable number of Europeans. The Turks hold many of the principal offices under the government. The great bulk of the people are Mohammedans, the Christians being only about 7 . 5 per cent. The Egyptians in the mass are quite illiterate, but under the supervision of the ministry of public instruction progress is being made. In 1902 there were about 10,000 schools with 228,000 pupils. The language in general use is Arabic. The Fellahs, the most superior type of the Egyptian, are a fine race, handsome, of excellent physique, and courteous in their manners. In northern Egypt they are of a yellowish complexion, growing darker toward the south, until the hue becomes a deep bronze. Mr. Lane, the best authority upon the subject, speaks highly of their mental capacity and gives them credit for un- common quickness of apprehension and readiness of wit. They are highly religious, and are generally honest, cheerful, humane, and hospitable. But these are exceptions in a mixed population of Bedouins, negroes, Abyssinians, Jews and Europeans. The dominant population appears, from the language, and from the physical confirmation of the mummies, to have been of mixed origin, part Asiatic and part Nigritic; and there seems to have been an aboriginal race of copper color, with rather thin legs, large feet, high cheek bones, and large lips; both types are represented on the monuments. The statements of Greek writers that a system of castes prevailed in Egypt are erroneous. What they took for castes were really conditions of society, and the different classes not only intermarried, but even, as in the case of priests and soldiers, held both emplo yments. EGYPT 61 As in all bureaucracies, the sons often obtained the same employments as their fathers. The population must have been very large at the earliest period. It has been placed at 7,000,000 under the Pharaohs, distributed in i, 800 towns, which had increased to 2,000 under Amasis (525 B. C.), and upwards of 3,000 under the Ptolemies. In the reign of Nero it amounted to 7,800,000. The pop- ulation in 1844 was 2,500,000; in 1859, 5,125,000; in 1882, 6,817,265, and in 1897, 9,734,405. The population in 1906 is estimated at 10,500,000, which includes 41,000 Greeks, 25,000 Italians, 20,000 British and 18,500 French. The chief towns of Egypt proper are Cairo, (population 625,000) ; Alexandria (350,000) ; Damietta (47,000) ; Tantah (57,500); Assiut (42,000); Mansurah (34,000); Fayum (31,500); Damanhur (32,000); Zagazig (20,000); Rosetta (17,500); Port Said (18,500); Suez (12,500). GOVERNMENT. The ancient government of Egypt was a monarchy, limited by strict laws and by the influence of powerful hereditary privileged classes of priests and soldiers. The priests were the ruling class. They were restricted to a single wife, and if polygamy was permitted to the rest of the people, it must have been very seldom prac- ticed. The marriage of brothers and sisters was permitted. The laws generally were wise and equitable, and appear to have been rigidly enforced. Murder was punished with death, adultery by bastinadoing the man and by cutting off the nose of the woman, forgery by cutting off the cul- prit's hands. Imprisonment for debt was not permitted, but a man could pledge to his creditors the mummies of his ancestors, and if he failed in his life-time to redeem them, he was himself deprived of burial. Women were treated with respect, and the laws and customs seem to have been so favorable to them that their conditions in Egypt were much higher than in any other nation of antiquity. The military force of Egypt was a species of hereditary militia, which formed one of the leading classes or castes, and in time of peace cultivated the THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH land of which it held a large portion. The king's guards, some few thousands in number, formed the only standing army. The . number of soldiers in the military caste is stated by Herodotus at 410,000, which probably included all the men of that class able to bear arms. It is not probable that the whole of them ever were or could have been brought into the field at once. Their arms were spears and swords, and they were protected by large shields. At the present day the government is in the hands of the viceroy or khedive, as supreme ruler, who pays an annual tribute of about $3,000,000 to Turkey and is assisted by a ministry formed on the model of those of western Europe. The capital is Cairo. The govern- ment is carried on under the supervision of Great Britain, the rebellion of Arabi Pasha in 1882 having been put down and the authority of the khedive restored by British troops. For some years previous to this, two controllers-general, appointed respectively by France and Britain, had exten- sive powers of control in the administration of the country. The British have initiated various reforms in the adminis- tration, such as the establishment of new native tribunals. The administration of justice is somewhat complicated, there being native tribunals, consular courts, mixed tribu- nals, and religious courts. The financial condition of Egypt is being slowly improved under British management. The Egyptian army is under the command of an English general, and officered partly by Englishmen and partly by Egyptians; its total strength is 18,100, while the English army of occupation, which, since the rebellion of 1882, has remained in Egypt, has a strength of 5,600. HISTORY. The history of Egypt, prior to the beginning of the ancient empire 4000 B. C., is entirely mythical. The history divides itself into six great periods: (i) The Pharaohs or native kings; (2) the Persians; (3) the Ptolemies; (4) the Romans; (5) the Arabs; (6) the Turks. The main sources of its history under the Pharaohs are the Scriptures, the Greek writers Herodotus, Dio- EGYPT 63 dorus, and Eratosthenes, some fragments of the writing of Manetho, an Egyptian priest in the 3rd century B. C. .From the Scriptures we learn that the Hebrew patriarch, Abraham, went into Egypt with his family because of a famine that prevailed in Canaan. He found the coun- try ruled by a Pharaoh, the Egyptian term for king. The date of Abraham's visit, according to the chronology of the Hebrew text of the Bible, was 1920 B. C. ; accord- ing to the Septuagint, 2551; while Bunsen fixes it at 2876. Nearly two centuries later, Joseph, a descendant of Abra- ham, was sold into Egypt as a slave to the captain of the guards of another Pharaoh, whose prime minister or grand vizier the young Hebrew eventually became. Joseph's father, Jacob, and his family, to the number of 70, accom- panied, as Bunsen conjectures, by 1000 or 2000 dependents, followed their former kinsman into Egypt where they settled in a district called the land of Goshen. There they re- mained until their numbers had multiplied into two or three millions, when under the lead of Moses they revolted and quitted Egypt to conquer Canaan. Menes was the first king of Egypt and was succeeded by 330 monarchs, of whom one, Nitocris, was a queen. None of them were distinguished, and none of them left any monuments worthy of note, except Moeris, the last of the 330, who constructed the artificial lake which bears his name. He was succeeded by Sesostris, who conquered Ethiopia and the greater part of Europe and Asia. His successors were Pheron, Proteus (who was contemporary with the Trojan war), Rhampsinitus, Cheops, Cephren, and Mycerinus. Mycerinus was succeeded by Asychis, and Asychis by Anysis, in whose reign Egypt was conquered by the Ethiopians, who held it for 50 years under King Sabacon. At the expiration of the half century, they voluntarily abandoned the country and retired to Ethiopia. The next king of Egypt was Sesthos, bet ween whom and the first king, Menes, the priest told Herodotus, there had been 341 generations, during a period of 11,340 years. Sesthos 64 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH was succeeded by 12 kings, who reigned jointly, and togeth- er built the Labyrinth, which Herodotus thought surpassed all the works of the Greeks. After the lapse of some years, Psammetichus, one of the 12 kings, dethroned the others and made himself sole sovereign of Egypt. He was succeed- ed by Nechos, Psammis, and Apries, the last of whom Herodotus calls the most prosperous king that ever ruled over Egypt. But in the 25th year of his reign a rebellion broke out which was headed by Amasis. Apries was de- feated and put to death and Amasis became king. Amasis was succeeded by his son Psammenitus, at the very be- ginning of whose reign, 525 B. C., Egypt was invaded and conquered by the Persians under Cambyses. Cambyses treated Egypt with considerable moderation , but after an unsuccessful expedition against the Ethiopians, lost his reason, stabbed the bull Apis, and committed vari- ous atrocities. His successor, Darius I., governed Egypt with more prudence; but Xerxes I. and Artaxerxes I., had successively to reduce it to subjection, which they did in spite of assistance rendered to it by the Athenians. The 27th dynasty of the Persians was followed by another Saite line, the 28th, who still held ground against the Persians; the 2 gth, Mendesian dynasty of Nepherches and Achoris, maintained a Greek alliance; and the 3oth, Sebennytic, consisted of Nectanebes I., who successfully resisted Pharnabazus and Iphicrates; of Teos, who employed Agesilaus; and of Nectanebes II., who fled into Ethiopia before the Persians (340 B. C.). In 332 B. C., the Persians were driven out by Alexander the Great, with whom begins a new period, the Greco-Roman, in the history of the country. When Alexander's army occupied Memphis the numerous Greeks who had settled in Lower Egypt found themselves the ruling class. Egypt became at once a Greek kingdom, and Alexander showed his wisdom in the regulations by which he guarded the prejudices and religion of the Egyptians. He founded Alexandria as EGYPT 65 the Greek capital, and this city became the great center of commerce and Greek civilization that it long continued to be. The court of the Ptolemies became the center of learning and philosophy; and Ptolemy Philadelphus, successful in external wars, built the Museum, founded the library of Alexandria, purchased the most valuable manu- scripts, engaged the most celebrated professors, and had the Septuagint translation made of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the Egyptian History of Manetho drawn up. His successor, Euergetes, pushed the southern limits of his empire to Axum. Philopator (221-204 B. C.) warred with Antiochus, persecuted the Jews, and encouraged learning. Epiphanes (204-180 B. C.) encountered repeated rebellions, and was succeeded by Philometor (180-145 B. C.) and Euergetes II. (145-116 B. C.), by Soter II. and Cleopatra till 1 06 B. C., and by Alexander (89 B. C.), under whom Thebes rebelled; then by Cleopatra. Berenice, and Alexander II. (80 B. C.), and Neos Dionysus (51 B. C.), and finally by the celebrated Cleopatra. After the battle of Actium (31 B. C.) Egypt passed into the condition of a province of Rome, governed always by a Roman governor of the equestrian, not senatorial rank. The Egyptians had con- tinued building temples and covering them with hierogly- phics as of old; but on the spread of Christianity the older religions lost their sway. Now arose in Alexandria the Christian catechetical school, which produced Clemens and Origen. Monasteries were built all over Egypt; Christian monks took the place of the pagan hermits and the Bible was translated into Coptic. On the division of the Great Roman empire (337 A. D.), in the time of Theodosius, into the Western and Eastern empires, Egypt became a province of the latter, and sank deeper and deeper into barbarism and weakness. It then became the prey of the Saracens, Amru, their general, under the Caliph Omar, taking Alexandria, the capital, by assault. This happened 64o_ A. D., when Heraclius was the emperor of the east. As a province of the caliphs, it 5 66 THE GEEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH was under the government of the celebrated Abbassides Harun Al-Rsahid and Al-Mamon and that of the heroic Sultan Saladin. The last dynasty was, however, over- thrown by the Mamelukes (1240), and under these formid- able despots the last shadow of former greatness and civili- zation disappeared. ANCIENT ARCHITECTURE. The monuments and traces of a past civilization found in Egypt are of three periods, that of the "Great Pyramid Jeezeh," built by a previous race of people, those built in the times of the Pharaohs, and those built during the sway of the Greek and Roman rulers of the country. Although the temples of the three periods differ considerably in plan and other particulars, there is yet sound reason for be- lieving that those built under the Greeks and Romans were constructed after designs, as they certainly occupy the sites of Pharaonic temples still more ancient than any now existing; and they were, in fact, mere restora- tions of temples built by the earlier Pharaohs. The leading features of the now existing temples of the time of the Pharaohs are these: First, a gateway or pylon, flanked by two truncated pyramids. These occupy the entire width of the building, and form the entrance to a square court, surrounded by a portico sup- ported by a double or single row of columns. Cross- ing this court the visitor passes through a second pylon into the inner court, which was likewise surrounded either by columns or by piers, against which were figures of the king. Beyond this second court it would appear the public were not admitted, for the spaces before the front row of columns or piers facing the gateway are occupied by a dwarf wall, which effectually barred en- trance except at either one of three points where there were gates. This inner court led immediately into the largest of the temples called the Hall of Columns, the roof of which was always supported by columns representing a grove of papyrus. The center avenue was higher than EGYPT 67 the rest of the hall, and consisted usually of 12 columns, the capitals being imitated from the full-blown expanded papyrus, while the columns which sustained the lower roof were in the form of a bud of the same plant. To the Hall of Columns succeeded a series of smaller chambers, the roofs of which were generally supported by six or four columns, imitating the bud of the papyrus, either as a single plant or as several bound together; or else by square piers or columns with 8, 12 or 16 faces. These apartments frequently surrounded a dark chamber the most sacred in the temple the holy of holies. Whether the roof of the portico which surrounded the court was supported by piers or columns, the structural arrangement was always pre- cisely the same. There was first the pier or column, ordinarily made of several pieces of stone solidly united by mortar and wooden clamps; then came the architrave or frieze, of one block, stretching from column to column and lastly the blocks forming the cornice, concealing the ends of the roof stones which rested upon the architrave. The bulk of the column in proportion to the weight it had to sustain, was extremely ample; and the pressure being always perpendicular, these ancient structures have come down to us with their roofs sound, while arched buildings of much less antiquity have been entirely ruined by the lateral pressure which that mode of construction exerts on the walls. The Egyptian gate was peculiarly simple. The lintel was always of one stone, and the door-posts were also very frequently of only one block, while each of the three portions had its appropriate decoration. Above the entrance was sculptured the winged globe or protecting divinity of entrances, with the names of the divinities to whom the temple was dedicated, and of the Pharaoh who built it. The door-posts also bore the name and title of the builder. The surface of each architectural feature was engraved with its particular ornament appropriately colored. 68 THE GEEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH The temples built during the reigns of the Greek and Roman rulers may be thus described: First, the propylon with its truncated pyramidal towers, which were some- times adorned with narrow flags on tall poles ; then a court surrounded on three sides with a colonade. At the extreme of the court, and facing the gateway, was an elevated portico of six columns in line, and three or four deep. The uninitiated obviously were not permitted to enter beyond the court, for the columns of the first row of the portico are invariably joined by a dwarf wall, the only opening being between the center intercolumniation, to which were attached the valves of the gate. To the portico succeeded a series of small chambers, the roofs of which were supported by four or by two columns. The center chambers were lighted by small square openings in the roof, and those at the side by small openings in tlie walls; but in no example is there that kind of clereastory perforated with large openings that occurs in the Hall of Columns of the Pharaonic temples. Besides the foregoing characteristics, there is an elaborate form of capital, representing the papyrus in three stages of growth; in one capital, or sometimes a collection of lotus flowers, or the full-blown papyrus alone; but in no instance do we find the pier with the attached figure, nor the single bud of the papyrus, nor that form of column which repre- sents several buds of the plant joined together. The palm tree capital, however, belongs to both periods. Among the most remarkable structures erected by the ancient Egyptians are the great pyramids, the last thirty-seven of which were erected to serve both as monu- ments and as tombs. These are not to be confounded with the First Great Pyramid which was built for an entirely different purpose by a different race of people. (See further on.) Strong buildings containing one or more rooms were also erected as tombs, in which food and other articles were deposited for the use of the dead, the inner walls being embellished with inscriptions and representa- tions, and statues of the dead being also placed in the interi- EGYPT 69 or. Tombs cut in the rock were also common. In con- nection with architecture should be mentioned the obelisks, the oldest known being erected by Usertesen I. Sphinxes, often forming avenues, were a common accessory of temples, the greatest being that known as the Sphnix, a colossal companion of the Great Pyramid Jeezeh. ANCIENT SCULPTURE. In portrait sculpture the Egyptians attained extraordinary perfection at an early date, the skill with which they worked in hard stone, such as diorite and basalt, being surprising. Some of the early statues are of colossal size, but a higher type of art is shown in those of ordinary size, though a certain conventional treatment is always apparent. The most usual kind of mural sculpture, a kind peculiar to the Egyptians, is that known as hollow or sunk relief (cavo-rilievo) . The general outline of the object intended to be represented is cut into the smooth surface of the stone, while at the same time the minor forms and rotundity are represented within the incised outline. By this contrivance the details of the sculptures are protected. Sometimes the outline is ex- cessively deep, at others the surface of the figures is alto- gether much lower than the general surface of the wall and in others the outline is but slightly incised with a corre- sponding flatness within. Wherever the Egyptians prac- ticed the true bas-relief the sculpture is almost invariably in very low relief. The back view of the human figure is never represented in the sculptures excepting in the case of an enemy, and then rarely; the figure is generally repre- sented in profile, and there are but few attempts at delinea- ting the front view of the foot or of the face; however, whether the face be represented in front or side view, a profile eye is never found. The figures of the kings in battle pieces, and of the landed proprietor in domestic scenes, are always on a much larger scale than the other actors in the piece. Statues and reliefs were always painted, and when wall painting is employed it is always as a substitute for sculpture. There is no proper perspective, and certain 70 THE GEEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH conventionalities of color are employed. The Egyptians are represented with red and yellow complexions, red ochre for the men and yellow for the women. The hair of the king is frequently painted blue, but that of ordinary men black. In representing the various nations with whom Egypt had intercourse, the artists seem to have endeavored to imitate the complexions peculiar to each. Ammon-Re, the chief divinity of Thebes, is always painted blue, and he is further distinguished by two high feathers which he wears in his cap. The inferior divinities are not uncommonly of the complexion of mortals. The sky or heavens are invariably indicated by a strip of blue coming downward at the lower side of each extremity, and occasionally having upon it a row of five-pointed stars. Water, seas and rivers are repre- sented by zig-zag lines of a blue or green color. Mountains have a yellow color, with red spots upon it. Egyptian art was at its highest during the period between the dynasties four and six, and notwithstanding its defects it was superior to that of Nineveh and Babylon. ARCHEOLOGY. The attention of the world was drawn to Egypt as a rich field for scientific exploration in the early part of the ipth century. In 1799, M. Boussard, one of Napoleon's captains, found a large block of black granite in the trenches of Fort Julien near Rosetta; hence the Ro- setta stone. On this were the remains of three inscriptions in hieroglyphic, demotic, and Greek characters. The stone was given to the British Museum by George III. Emanuel de Rouge, of France, was the first to translate whole Egyptian books and inscriptions. His influence was felt in France by such men as Mariette, Chabas, Deveria, Pierret, Maspero, and by Revillout, the great demotic scholar of France, and by Birch, Hincks, Lepage, and Renouf in England. The practical Archaeologists of the German school, notably Lepsius, Bunsen, and Brugsch, translated the texts in the Egyptian temples in their relation to history and religion. The German school has devoted itself more to grammars and philology, while the French school has EGYPT 71 made history and archaeology its special study since Eman- uel de Rouge's death. To Auguste Mariette (Mariette Pasha) is due the discovery of the Serapeum of Memphis. He cleared the temples of Edfu, Karnak, Denderah and Abydos. He explored the Nile valley from Tanis to Napata, and his collection of antiquities was moved in 1889 to Jeezeh from Boulak. The museum there is famous. In 1896, Col. G. E. Raum, of San Francisco, Cal., discovered the cap of the Sphnix at Jeezeh, which had been missing for centuries. After Mariette the work of excavation was carried on by Maspero, Grebaut, and De Morgan, the first who resumed his post as director -general of antiquities in 1899. There is an archaeological mission in Cairo, founded in 1880 by Maspero, who placed at its head successively Lefebure, Grebaut, and Bouriant. Students go every year to Egypt to excavate. The Egyptian Research Account under Petrie trains students as explorers. The Egyptian Exploration Fund was founded in 1883 by Sir Erasmus Wilson, Prof. R. Stuart Poole, and Miss Amelia B. Edwards, and its American branch at the close of that year by the Rev. Dr. William C. Winslow, of Boston, who had spent several months of archaeological research in Egypt and attended the removal of the obelisk in Alexandria for Cen- tral Park, New York. Edouard Naville, of Geneva, was the first agent sent out. In 1883 he cleared the site of Pithom, near the land of Goshen. The work of Naville, Griffith, Gardner and Newberry resulted in important discoveries at Nauceatis, Tanis, Bubastis, Tal paug, Ahnas, Denderah, Deir-el Bahari, and Telel-Amarna. RECENT DISCOVERIES. The last few years have seen wonderful discoveries in Egypt, for the tombs of the kings at Abydos have been opened and the treas- ures which have been found place us face to face with the beginnings of history. Among the remarkable finds were a carved slate slab showing King Narmer smiting his enemy, an ebony table, a bar of gold, gold jewelry, includ- ing bracelets, and a royal scepter. The oldest group of 72 THE GEEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH jewelry in the world is undoubtedly the four bracelets of the queen of King Zer (4715 B.C.) which were discovered with a portion of the mummy in a hole in a wall. This is 2000 years earlier than any other jewelry thus far identified. The bracelets show a wonderful perfection in the soldering of the gold. The bracelets show the turning point in the develop- ment of Egyptian art, the finest bracelets being formed of alternate plaques of gold and turquoise, each surmounted with a royal hawk. The turquoise plaques have a more arc- haic and lumpy form of hawk than do the gold pieces, and show that during a comparatively short period, little more than half a century, rapid crystallization in art took place, and at the end of his reign the forms are practically ident- ical with what continued for more than 4,000 years later. Dr. Flinders-Petrie considers that this is comparable to the sudden fixation of the final forms which is seen in Greek art, where an interval of only 40 years, between the time of the Persian war and the Parthenon, sufficed for the evolution from archaic work to the greatest perfection. Each of the royal tombs had two large tombstones, bearing the name of the king, and private tombs of all the court and dom- estics were placed around that of their royal master. They are nearly all built of brick, in most cases with a timber lining to the chamber sunk in the ground. They were originally roofed over with beams, matting and sand. They lie about a mile back from the Temple of Abydos and they were excavated by the Egyptian Exploration Fund. An American archaeologist, Theodore M. Davies, has made one of the most interesting discoveries of recent years in excavating the tomb of one of the Pharaohs of the 1 8th dynasty, Thothmes IV. In this tomb was found the chariot in which Thothmes rode at Thebes. Like the other royal tombs, Thothmes' tomb consists of a gallery cut in the heart of the mountain. After sloping downward for a considerable distance it is interrupted by a deep square well, on one of the walls of which is a band of paintings. On the further side of the well the passage turns back, and finally EGYPT 73 opens into a large chamber, at the extreme end of which is a magnificent sarcophagus of granite covered with texts from "The Book of the Dead." On either side are smaller chambers, the floor of one of which was found to be covered with mummified loins of beef, legs of mutton, and trussed ducks and geese, offerings made to the dead king. Clay seals with the name of Pharaoh had been attached to the doors of the chambers, and it is stated, these seals contain proof that the Egyptians of between 3,000 and 4,000 years ago had to some extent anticipated the invention of printing, the raised portions of the seals having been smeared with blue ink before being pressed on the clay. A great many of the objects in the tomb of Thothmes were found to be broken, and this was explained by a hieroglyphic inscription on one of the paintings which adorn the walls of the vestibule to the chamber in which the sarcophagus was found. This inscription states that the tomb was plundered by robbers, but that it had been restored as far as possible to its original condition by Hor-em-heb, the reigning Pharaoh. The floor was covered with vases, dishes, symbols of life, and other objects of blue faience. Unfortunately, nearly all of them had been wantonly broken, though in some cases the break- age had been repaired in the time of Hor-em-heb. Equally interesting is a piece of textile fabric into which the hiero- glyphic characters of different colors have been woven with such wonderful skill as to present the appearance of painting on linen. It is, however, of course, Pharaoh's chariot which is regarded as the great find. The body of it alone is pre- served, but in perfect condition. The wooden frame was first covered with papier mache made from papyrus, and this again with stucco, which had been carved, both inside and out, into scenes from the battles fought by the Pharaoh in Syria. The art is of a very high order, every detail being exquisitely finished and the faces of the Syrians being clearly portraits taken from captives at Thebes. The chariot is, in fact, one of the finest specimens of art that have come down to us from antiquity. Along with the chariot 74 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH was found the leather gauntlet with which the king protected his hand and wrist when using the bows or reins. Recent excavations at Abydos have brought to light the royal tomb of Menes, of the first dynasty, in which was found a large globular vase of green glaze, with Menes' name inlaid in purple. Thus polychrome glazing is taken back thousands of years before it was previously known to exist. There are also several pieces of this age in the highest art of delicate ivory carving, especially the figure of an aged king, which for subtlety of character, stands in the first rank of such work, and is comparable to the finest work of Greece and Italy. This fresh connection illustrates the trade chronology of the period. A camel's head modeled in pottery takes back its relation to Egypt some 4,000 years. Hitherto no trace of the camel appeared before Greek times. The ivory carving of a bear also extends the fauna of early Egypt. CAIRO. (Sec. 2.) CAIRO (Arabic, El Kahira,"The Victorious," or Masr el Kahira), Egypt, capital of the country and largest city of Africa, situated on the east bank of the Nile, about seven miles above the point where it divides to form the two main branches of its delta. The town is built between the river -bank and the northwestern end of the hills known as Jebel Mokattam, on whose most advanced spur stands the citadel in a commanding position well above the rest of the city. During the last 46 years the town has lost much of its Oriental character, but the Arab quarters still present a maze of very narrow streets lined by curious buildings in endless variety of style. The houses are mostly built of yellow limestone, with flat roofs; and many of them have small gaidens behind. In the more modern parts of the city the streets are broader, and many of them are lined by trees and lighted by gas. The European quarter, known as Ismailiyeh, forms the western part of the modern Cairo, and its center is the octagonal Ezbekiveh Garden (20 1-2 acres), with plants from many regions and with an artificial pond. CAIRO 75 Here, too, are many cafes, concert halls and other similar buildings. Among the more notable buildings of the European quarter are the consulates, the opera-house, open in winter, the Italian summer theater, English and German churches, the ministerial offices and the barracks. The chief business street, known as Muski, runs east- southeastward from the neighborhood of tht Ezbekiveh and the Boulevard Mehemet Ali extends from about the same place southeastward to the citadel. Cairo has more than 500 mosques, (places of prayer, Mohammedan temples or houses of worship) but many of them are wholly or partly in ruins. The finest of all is the Sultan Hasan Mosque, a truly noble building with a lofty minaret. Others worthy of mention are that built in the pth century by Ahmed" ibn Tulun in imitation of the one at Mecca; the Hakim Mosque, dating from the beginning of the nth century; the Hosen Mosque of the son of Ali, Mohammed's son-in-law; the Sitti-Zeynab Mosque, named after a grandchild of the prophet; the Azhar Mosque, famous for its schools of theo- logy, which are attended by Mohammedans from all parts of the world; and the Alabaster Mosque of the citadel, with the tomb of Mehemet Ali, the finest of the modern mosques. The tombs in the burying grounds outside the city, many of them in the form of mosques, also deserve mention, especially those known as the tombs of the caliphs. The most important gate of the city is the Bab-en-Nasr, through which large numbers of pilgrims pass every year on their way to Mecca. The mosques contain valuable libraries, but the chief library of the city is the viceregal one, founded in 1870, and now containing about 60,000 volumes, largely manuscript. The trade of Cairo is large and the bazaars and markets are numerous, there being special bazaars for gold and silver smiths, tapestry mer- chants, saddlers, armourers, shoemakers, etc. Beside the numerous Mohammedan places of worship, Cairo contains English, French, German, Coptic, and other churches and Jewish synagogues, and there are European schools and 76 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH hospitals. The Egyptian Institute, founded at Alexandria in 1859, is now located in Cairo. The suburb of Bulak, in the northwest of the town, opposite the island of Bulak, forms the port of Cairo, and its narrow streets present a busy scene of Oriental life. The island of Bulak and the left bank of the Nile are reached by a great iron bridge, and there is also a railway and general traffic bridge below the island. To the southwest of the modern town and also on the Nile bank stands the suburb of old Cairo, or Masr-el-Atika. On the left bank of the river, almost directly opposite old Cairo, is the suburb of Jeezeh. It has government buildings, a zoological garden, etc., but its chief attraction is the great Egyptologi- cal* museum formerly in Bulak, but removed here in 1889. From Jeezeh a road and a tramway leads southwestward to the famous group of pyramids, called the pyramids of Jeezeh. On the island of Roda, between Jeezeh and old Cairo, the celebrated Nilometer still stands. Cairo enjoys a very mild climate, and is in consequence visited in winter by many Europeans suffering from chest and lung ailments. Many of these stay at Helwan, a small place about 14 miles south -southeast of the town. Cairo is in railway communi- cation with Alexandria, Damietta, Suez, etc., and with Upper Egypt, and the fresh water canal connects it with Ismailia and Suez. In 1896 electric tramways were intro- duced in the most important streets. Cairo is the residence of the Khedive, the seat of a Coptic and a Greek orthodox patriarch, and it contains all the highest public offices of the country. El-Fostat, "tent", now Old Cairo, was founded by Amru, lieutenant of Caliph Omar, in 640 A. D. In 969 when the Fatimite dynasty gained possession of the country, the new city to the north was founded. Saladin surrounded it with walls of stone and built a citadel. He also constructed a wooden aqueduct from the Nile to the citadel, a work afterwards replaced by the still existing aqueduct of stone. Cairo was taken by the French in 1798, and was occupied by the British in 1882, after the battle THE SEVEN WONDEES OF THE WOELD 77 of Teb-el-Kebir. Population (1907) 625,000, including Fellahin, Copts, Turks, Arabs, and other Orientals, besides about 25,000 foreigners from the chief European countries, especially Italy, Greece, France, Austria, England, and Germany. THE SEVEN WONDERS OF THE WORLD. (Sec. 3.) A phrase that has been applied for ages to the seven historical monuments of the constructive skill and art of the antique world. They are: i. THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH OF EGYPT, the most gigantic of the three pyramids near the village of Jeezeh, about eleven miles from the banks of the Nile, forming a line to the westward of the city of Cairo. Hero- dotus was informed by the priests of Memphis that the great pyramid was built by Cheops, king of Egypt, about goo B. C., or about 450 years before he visited that country; that the body of Cheops was placed in a room beneath the bottom of the pyramid ; and that the chamber was surround- ed by a vault, to which the waters of the Nile were conveyed by a subterranean tunnel. Pliny and Diodorus Siculus agree in stating that 360,000 men were employed twenty years in erecting this pyramid; and in contrast with this vast labor Sir John Herschel, calculating the weight of the pyramid to be 12,760 million pounds of granite (3 times that of the stone in Plymouth Breakwater) at a medium height of 125 feet, adds that it could have been raised by the effort of about 630 chaldrons of coal, a quantity con- sumed in some foundries in a week. Herodotus states that 1,600 talents of silver were expended in providing the workmen with leeks, onions, and other food; and one great object of the Egyptian rulers in erecting this and other stupendous monuments was to prevent the evils of over-populousness by accustoming the lower orders to a spare diet and severe labor. It may here be sufficient to state, that the pyramid consists of a series of platforms, each smaller than the one on which 78 THE GBEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH it rests, and consequently presenting the appearance of steps, which diminish in length from the bottom to the top; and of these steps there are 203. The entrance is in the north face. Within are passages leading to chambers lined with granite; in one of which, the king's chamber, is a red granite sarcophagus in whch Cheops is supposed to have been entombed. This pyramid, the largest building in the world, has lost its apex and its casing. There is a second pyramid, retaining at its apex a portion of its casing, which is the tomb of Sensuphis. The third pyramid, the least ancient, was built by Mycerinus, according to Herodotus, and by Queen Nitocris, according to Manetho. The date of the pyramids is, according to the Newtonian chronology, between 1451 and 1153 B. C., or nearly 800 years after Abraham's visit to Egypt. It has been supposed by some, says Wilkinson, that from the pyramids not being mentioned in the Bible or Homer, they did not exist before the exodus, or in the time of the poet. The presence of the name of Rameses the Great (who preceded the Trojan war) suffici- ently answers the latter objection. The base of the great Pyramid has been often stated to equal that of the area of Lincoln's Inn Fields; but the fact is otherwise: the base of the pyramid measures in figures 764 feet on each side; whereas Lincoln's Inn Fields, although 821 feet on one side is only 625 1-2 feet on the other, so that the area of the pyramid is greater by many thousand square feet. (The above statement regarding the "First Great Wonder of the World," appears in many of our modern cyclopedias. The author desires to state that the above account is scarcely correct in a single particular, and only approximate- ly so in regard to its size. As this work is being published to particularly demonstrate the above mentioned Great Pyramid, the reader is asked to withhold his opinion until he has at least perused the closing chapter of this work.) 2. WALLS AND HANGING GARDENS OF BABYLON. Babylon derives its name from the Hebrew word signifying Babel, the confusion of tongues (Genesis XL, i to 9) ; or from another expression signifying the court or city THE SEVEN WONDEES OF THE WOELD 79 of Belus. In Daniel IV. -2 7, it is termed Babylon the Great ; and by Josephus (Antiq. VIII-VI-I) the Lady of the Kingdoms ; the glory of the whole earth. It was the metro- polis of the province of Babylon, and of the Babylonio- Chaldean Empire. Its foundations were laid with those of the Tower of Babel. Herodotus states that the walls of Babylon were sixty miles in circumference, built of large bricks, cemented with bitumen, and raised round the city in the form of a square, protected on the outside with a ditch lined with the same material. They were 87 feet thick and 350 feet high. According to Quintus Curtius, four horse chariots could pass each other on them. The city was entered by 25 gates on each side, of solid brass and strengthened by 250 towers. The palace of Nebuchadnez- zar was the most magnificent and stupendous work. Its outer wall embraced six miles. Within were two other embattled walls, besides a great tower. The hanging gardens were attributed by Diodorus to Cyrus, who con- structed them in compliance with the wish of his queen to possess elevated groves such as she had enjoyed on the hills around her native ecbatana; for Babylon was flat. To gratify this wish an artificial mountain was reared, 400 feet on each side; while terraces, five in number, one above another, each containing four acres, rose to a height that overtopped the wall of the city some fifty feet, or about four hundred feet elevation. The ascent from terrace to terrace was by flights of steps; while the terraces them- selves were reared to their various stages, sustained by vast arches raised on other arches and on the top were flat stones closely cemented together with plaster of bitumen and that covered with sheets of lead upon which lay the mould of the garden where there were large trees, shrubs, and flowers, and various sorts of vegetables. Mr. Rich found upon the site a hollow pier, 60 feet square, lined with fine brick laid in bitumen and filled with earth ; this corres- ponds with Strabo's description of the hollow brick piers which supported the hanging gardens, and in which piers the large trees grew. 80 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH 3 . THE GOLD AND IVORY STATUE OF JUPITER BY PHIDIAS AT OLYMPUS. The masterpiece of Phidias, the greatest artist that ever lived, was executed by him for the people of Elis, and rivalled his celebrated statue of Minerva in the Parthenon. The Jupiter was set up in the itemple of that deity at Olym- pia, near Elis, where the Olympic games were celebrated. The temple was 68 feet in height, 95 in width, and 230 in length. Pausanias describes the statue from personal observation, which Strabo corroborates. The god was formed of gold and ivory, 58 feet in height, seated on a throne, and almost touching the roof of the temple. Upon his head was an olive crown; in his right hand he bore a winged figure of Victory, also of gold and ivory, crowned and holding a wreath. In the god's left hand he bore a lofty sceptre surmounted with an eagle. His sandals and robe were of gold, the latter painted with animals and flowers, particularly lilies. The throne was formed of ivory and ebony, inlaid with gold, set with precious stones, and sculptured with graceful figures. The faces of the steps bore bas-reliefs of classic myths, and the footstool rested upon four couchant lions. In this work Phidias followed Homer's impersonation of the god: "He spoke, and awful bends his sable brows, Shakes his ambrosial curls, and gives the nod, The stamp of fate, and sanction of the god ; High Heaven with trembling the dread signal took, And all Olympus in the center shook." The heathen historians tell us that Phidias received for his skill the testimony of Jupiter himself; when the artist prayed the god would make known if he was satisfied, immediately the pavement of the temple was struck by lightning, and the spot was afterwards marked by a bronze vase. Crowds flocked to Elis to behold this wonder; and in Greece and Italy it was held as a calamity to die without seeing it. Nor was the admiration merely the superstition of the multitude; for a Roman senator, when looking at this Jupiter of ivory and gold, had his mind moved as THE SEVEN WONDERS OF THE WOELD 81 though the god were present. The able restoration of this figure has been learnedly commented on by M. Quatremere de Quincy. The Doric temple in which this statue was placed was in the extreme length 369 feet, breadth 182 feet, as traced by Mr. Cockerell, from the foundation; many of the blocks of marble weigh nearly nine tons each and each of the two remaining capitals is computed to weigh more than twenty-one tons. These masses were raised 70 feet, and the flutings of the columns would contain a man in their hollow as in a niche. The pediments were sculptured with the wars of the Giants and the siege of Troy; upon the entablature stood a row of Atlantes, each 25 feet high, and supporting an upper entablature at 1 10 feet above the floor. The chest of one of these giants restored measured more than six feet. The nave of the temple was 18 feet higher and 2 feet broader than the nave of St. Paul's Cathedral, in London. Of this splendid edifice the basement alone remains. 4. THE TEMPLE OF DIANA OF THE EPHESIANS. At Ephesus (the modern Natolia), the capital of the twelve Ionian cities in Asia Minor, was built around the famous image of the goddess. This edifice was burned down on the night in which Alexander was born by an obscure person named Eratostratus, who thus sought to transmit his name to posterity. Alexander made an offer to rebuild the temple, provided he was allowed to inscribe his name on the front ; which the Ephesians refused. Aided, however, by the whole of Asia Minor, they erected a still more magnificent temple, which occupied them two hundred and twenty years. Pliny describes it as 425 feet long by 225 broad, and supported by 127 columns, furnished by that number of kings, each column was of Parian marble 60 feet high, and weighed 150 tons, and was contributed by some prince; thirty of them were richly carved. Chersiphron was the architect. The altar was the work of Praxiteles. The famous sculptor, Scopas, I 82 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH is said to have chiselled one of the columns. Apelles contributed a splendid picture of Alexander the Great. The temple was built of cedar, cypress, and even gold; and within it were treasured offerings to the goddess, as paint- ings, statues, etc., the value of which almost exceed compu- tation. Nero is said to have despoiled the temple of much of these treasures; but it continued to exist until it was burnt, 356 B. C.; again rebuilt and again burnt by the Goths, A. D. 262, during the reign of Gallienus, A. D. 254-268. Vitruvius considers this temple as the first edifice in which architecture was brought to perfection, and the first in which the Ionic order was employed. Soon after it was rebuilt with additional splendor. Its remains consist of several walls of immense blocks of marble, in the fronts of which are small perforations wherein were sunk the shanks of the brass and silver plates with which the walls were faced. Some of the vast porphyry columns of the front portico lie prostrate upon the site; others were taken by Constantine to build his new city at Constantinople. The heathen temple was also dilapidated to erect the Christian church of Santa Sophia, in which these columns again support an anti-Christian edifice. "But," says the Rev. Dr. Walsh, the traveller, "the most interesting circumstance of this building to me is, the great illustration it gives to the Acts of the Apostles. Here is the place where St. Paul excited the commotion among the silver and brass smiths who worked for the tem- ple ; and over the way was the theater, into which the people rushed, carrying with them Caius and Aristarchus, Paul's companions. Hence they had a full view of the front of the temple which they pointed out as that 'which all Asia worshipped'; and in their enthusiasm they cried out, 'Great is Diana of the Ephesians to whom such a temple belongeth.' ' 83 5. THE MAUSOLEUM, OR TOMB OF MAUSOLUS, KING OF CARIA. This king, the eldest of the three sons of Hecatomnus, the wealthiest of the Carian dynasty, died B. C. 353; when his widow and sister, Artemisia, erected to his memory, at Halicarnassus (now Budrun) a superb tomb, which, by its artistic celebrity, has given the name of mausoleum to tombs and sepulchres of stately character. The tomb of Mausolus was designed by Phiteus and Satyrus; it was nearly square in plan, 113 by 93 feet; around its base was a peristyle of 36 Doric columns, said to have been 60 feet high, while the superstructure rose in a pyramidal form to the height of 140 feet. To adorn its sides with sculpture, Artemisia employed Bryazis, Timotheus, Leochares, Scopas, Praxiteles and Pythis. Artemisia died before the monu- ment was completed; when the artists are said to have finished the work for their own honor and the glory of art. Mr. Vaux, in his admirable work, "Handbook of Anti- quities in the British Museum" says, "Strabo in the first, Pausanias in the second, Gregory of Nazianzus in the fourth, Constantine Porphryogenitus in the tenth, and Eudosia in the eleventh centuries, respectively speak of it in terms which imply that it was still existing during those periods ; while Fontanus, the historian of the siege of Rhodes, states that a German knight, named Henry Schelegelhott, constructed the citadel at Budrun out of the Mausoleum," and decorated its walls with the marbles and bas-reliefs. The existence of these marbles had long been known, when, in 1846, they were, through the exertions of Sir Stratford Canning, presented by the Turks to the British nation, and are now in the British Museum, which thus possesses fragments of two of the seven wonders of the world the Mausoleum, and a fragment of the casing of the Great Pyramid of Egypt. That the bas-reliefs now in the Museum were inserted in the Budrun walls by the Knights of Rhodes, is proved by the escutcheons, Latin sentences, and the date 1510, as well as by an inscription on a shield borne by one 84 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH of the figures. The marbles consist of n slabs, 64 feet 1 1 inches long, sculptured with a battle between the Greeks and Amazons, Heracles, too, appearing among the com- batants. The sculptures in style considerably resemble the Choragic monument of Lysicrates at Athens. There were between the columns, statues of Parian marble; at each angle of the basement a portico, surmounted with a colossal equestrian statue; bas-reliefs on the terrace-,; two octagonal towers on the second terrace, which was planted with cypresses, and from the third terrace, rose the crown of the pyramid, with a colossal group in marble of Phaeton in his quadriga. When Anaxagoras saw this costly work he exclaimed, "How much money is changed into stone." The Mausoleum seems to have existed in the time of Strabo and from its description by Pliny has been modeled the steeple of St. George's church, Bloomsbury, London. 6. THE PHAROS OF ALEXANDRIA. So named from the island on which it stood, was sur- rounded by water (a watch tower or light house). It consist- ed of several stories of galleries of a prodigious height, with a lantern at the top continually burning. It was built by Ptolemy Philadelphus, King of Egypt, about 270 B. C., and the architect, as the inscription stated, was Sostratus Onidius. How long this structure stood is not very certain but was so famous that all light houses after it were called by the common name of Pharos. "The modern Pharos" according to Mr. Land, "is a poor successor to the ancient building erected by Sostratus Onidius, though from a dis- tance it has a rather imposing appearance. Several Arab historians mention the telescopic mirror of metal which was placed at the summit of the ancient Pharos. In this mirror, vessels might be discerned at sea at a very great distance. El Makreezee relates that part of the Pharos was thrown down by an earthquake in the year of the Flight (A. D. 793-4); that Ahmad Ibn-Tooloon sur- mounted it with a dome of wood and that an inscription THE SEVEN WONDERS OF THE WORLD 85 upon a plate of lead was found upon the northern side, buried in the earth, written in ancient Greek characters, every letter of which was a cubit in height and a span in breadth. This was perhaps the inscription placed by the original architect, and which, according to Strabo, was to this effect: "Sostratus Onidius, the son of Dexiphanes, to the protecting Gods for the sake of the mariners." It is also related by Es-Sooyootee, that the inhabitants of Alexandria likewise made use of the mirror above mentioned to burn the vessels of their enemies by directing it so as to reflect the concentrated rays of the sun upon them. The Ancient Pharos was 450 feet in height and its cost was 800 talents, or $13,656,000. 7. THE COLOSSUS OF RHODES. In the days of its prosperity, the Island of Rhodes is said to have been adorned with 300 statues and upward of 100 colossal figures ; of the latter, there was one distinguished as "the Colossus of Rhodes." It was erected with the spoil which Demetrius left behind him when he raised the siege which he had so long carried on against the city. This famous colossus was erected at the port of Rhodes, 300 B. C., and consecrated to the sun, tutelar deity of Rhodes. It was, according to Pliny, a work of Chares, of Lindus, one of the cities of Rhodes, a pupil of Lysippus; its height was seventy cubits (about 105 feet), the cost of its erection about 300 talents, silver (about $477,000) and the time consumed in it about 12 years. Fifty-six years after its completion (244 B. C.) this statue was thrown down by an earthquake, and in Pliny's time it was still lying on the ground, a wonder to behold. Few persons, he says could embrace the thumbs and the fingers were longer than the bodies of most statues ; through the fractures were seen huge cavities in the interior, in which immense stones had been placed to balance it while standing. Bigenaire and Du Choul, two antiquaries of the i6th century, imagina- tively describe the statue to have been placed across the harbor of Rhodes, with a stride of fifty feet from rock to 86 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH rock. Vessels passed under it in full sail, a lamp blazed in its right hand and an internal spiral staircase led to its summit and round its neck was suspended a glass in which ships might be discerned as far off as the coast of Egypt. After the overthrow of the Colossus, Greece and Egypt offered to contribute large sums to restore the figure, but the Rhodians declined, alleging that they were for- bidden by an oracle to do so and the fragments of the statue lay scattered on the ground until the Saracens became masters of the island a period of nearly 900 years. In the year 655, an officer of the Caliph Othman collected the valuable materials and sold them to a Jewish merchant of Edessa, who is said to have laden 900 camels with the brass. THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH (Sec. 4.) Through the aid of a map or globe contain- ing the different grand divisions of the earth, any person can trace for themselves the different continents and islands, and note their relative positions to each other, also those who keep themselves posted on current events know that every now and then an island sinks into the sea, or a moun- tain subsides to the level of the valley in which it is located ; or, vice versa, an island or a mountain is thrown up on some portion of the earth, and we are led to remark, "it has come to stay." But it requires a little greater stretch of imagination to think and say that the North Pole has some day been the South Pole and that the east side has faced the setting sun at different intervals; or, still more wonder- ful to say, that such a continent was once an ocean, or such an ocean was once a continent. Yet evidence exists on the top of nearly every mountain, by the presence there of shells and fossil fish, that they once inhabited the bottom of the sea. It is not quite so clear, however, or susceptible of proof, that an ocean had once been a continent and the scene of even greater human activity than now exists on land elsewhere. This we believe nevertheless, and further on will state our reasons for such belief. PURPOSES OF OTHER PYRAMIDS 87 For a change of polarity we offer as evidence the fact that fossils of the polar bear, walrus, etc., have been found at points near the equator, and in portions of both the north and south temperate zones. On the other hand, not only the fossils of tropical animals, but the entire carcass of the mastodon, elephant and camel have been found in the polar regions and adjacent territory. We have not time here or space to note even the principal discoveries of the different species, with day and date. During the summer of 1862, however, we assisted in the unearthing of a mastodon's tusk at or near Kincaid Flat, Tuolumne County, Cal., that measured over 14 feet in length, and over 10 inches in diameter at the root. At this place snow falls nearly every winter and the mercury goes down below the freezing point. Also note the tracks of the elephant on the floor of the yard of the state prison at Carson, in the State of Nevada, and then say, if you think that such animals ever voluntarily inhabited such territory. Noted geologists estimate that it took over 40,000 years to form the mineral covering of the tracks of both human beings and animals in the Carson prison yard. While on this subject we note the fact that no fossils of animals or birds indigenous to any cold climate have ever been found within a radius of fifty miles of the Great Pyramid, and the stra- tums of rock and earth lay as originally formed, straight and level with the surface of the earth, thus proving that no general seismic disturbance or cataclysmal upturning of the earth has occurred there, at least, since the advent of man. An explanation for the cause of this phenomena will be given further on. While the Great Pyramid Jcezch is the theme to which we are directing your attention in this work, and as the clearness with which we shall herein describe it depends our success as a writer and thinker, we must first give you a condensed history of all the pyramids collectively; the better to be able to segregate the only one upon which we desire to rivet vour attention. THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH Some authorities assert that there are from fifty to one hundred pyramidal structures scattered throughout the length and breadth of Egypt, but as Professors Howard Vyse, John Taylor, and Piazzi Smyth state in their different writings that there are but thirty-eight, and a number of them are only so in name, we append the list (see next page), and feel confident that the statement will prove to be a correct one. After a study of over thirty years on this mys- terious subject, we are firmly convinced that there is but one perfect pyramidal structure now standing on the face of the earth, and that is what is now known as the "Great Pyramid Jeezeh"; the other 37 are mere imitations, not one of which has been built with a perfectly square base, nor do they stand facing the cardinal points of the compass ; further, no one of the last 37 pyramids has been built with any two of their sides sloping at the same angle. Neither has any one of them been constructed entirely of stone, but are filled in with both brick and earth. One thing may be depended upon, however, and that is, that the last 37 pyramids were all built for one and the same purpose, viz. to be the final resting place for the remains of the ruler (be they King, Queen, Emperor or Empress) that ruled over Egyptian territory at or about the dates as mentioned in the statement in table on next page. We shall use the names of the different pyramids in this work as chronicled by the principal writers on this subject, but at the same time hold to a belief within that their builders may have called them by any other name. You will notice in the preceding table that the first nine pyramids are named Jeezeh, and are known numerically; the name Jeezeh, as applied here, is derived from the village of that name (Jeezeh or Geezeh), located in the vicinity of Jeezeh Hill and within a few miles of the location of the first nine of the Egyptian pyramids. The same reasoning may be indulged in for those pyramids standing near Abooseir, Saccara, Dashoor and Biahmoo. ALL OTHER PYRAMIDS 89 TABLE OF THE PYRAMIDS OF EGYPT, all standing in the Libyan Des- ert, but bordering close on the Western side of the Nile Valley. All of which are situated between 2917' and 30 4' N. Lat. and 31 1' to 3150 / E. Lon. Number . . NAME OF PYRAMID. Ancient Vertical Height in English Inches. Ancient Base-side Length in English Inches. AngleofEise of the Faces to horizon, from Howard Vyse Rude ap tion to th absolute Date of Erection. 1.. 2.. 3 Great Pyramid of Jeezeh Second Pyramid of Jeezeh. . . . Third Pyramid of Jeezeli 5,835.08 5,451. 2,616. 9,165.72 8,493. 4,254. 51 51' 14" 52 20* 0" 51 OCK 0" Yr'a B. C. 2,170 2,130 2,130 4.. 5.. Fourth Pyramid of Jeezeh Fifth Pyramid of Jeezeh. . 1,562. 1 250 2,562. 1 718 in steps 52 iy 0" 2,130 6 1 700 2 187 1 562 2 490 52 10* 0" 8.. Eighth Pyramid of Jeezeh.... 1 562 2 igo 52 lO' 0" 9.. ( 1 !Jinth Pyramid of Jeezeh So-called Pyramid of Aboo Ko- ash, a ruined commencement only, and never an actual Pyr- amid either in shape, mathe- matics, or tombic use 1,328. 1 (ruin s about * 625.) 1,953. 4,875. 52 10* 0" no casing. 2,100 X 11. ( Pyramid of Zowyat El Arrian . . Pyramid of Reegah, with two * 860. 2,109. ruins only ' 75 20' 0" 2,100 1 successive slopes J 1,328. 1,562. \ 50 00' 0" 13 Northern Pyramid of Abooseir. 2,031 . 3 281 51 42' 35" 14.. 2 056 3 281 51 (') 15 2 734. 4 375 52 P 0 (?) | 1,805 * Present height of ruins, about. t Prer^nt length of base line of ruins. 90 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH Pyramid Number 2 is located about 600 feet (in a S. W. direction) from the southwest corner of the Great Pyramid and Pyramid Number 3 is situated about 2,300 feet away from the Great Pyramid, in the same direction. The other Jeezeh pyramids are located still further away. All modern Egyptologists assert that the floor condi- tion of the King's Chamber in the Great Pyramid precludes the possibility that any stone sarcophagus could have ever been decently, and in order, established there. In the second and third Jeezeh Pyramids, on the contrary, the subterranean rooms were finished, floors and all, and sar- cophagi were introduced. Their architects, moreover, attempted to adorn those chambers with a large amount of complication, but it was only useless and confusing without any very sensible object; unless it was to allow a second king to make himself a burial chamber in the Pyra- mid cellar already occupied by a predecessor, and then it was bad. Gradually, therefore, as the researches of Col. Howard Vyse have shown, on the fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh , eighth and ninth Jeezeh Pyramids (all these being, more- over, very small ones) the native Egyptians exhibited their utter inability to imitate in any particular the parts of the Great Pyramid, except the one single, partly descending and partly horizontal passage, with a subterranean chamber at its further end. This chamber they furnished with a flat, smooth floor, in their own manner, and not in the Great Pyramid manner, using thereupon for burial purposes ; and that use they kept to, so long as they practiced their petty pyramid building at all (down to, perhaps, 1800 B. C.) most religiously. (Sec. 5.) EARTHQUAKES AND CATACLYSMS.- As the disrupting of the surface of the earth by earthquakes and other causes have much to do with our theory regarding the reason for placing the Great Pyramid Jeezeh in its present location, and not somewhere else, we now proceed to discuss that subject. Before doing so, however, it might be well to define, or outline, our entire position. We have THE LAST CATACLYSM 91 intimated in our "preface" that we believe and assert, that it was built by a race of people that preceded our race, with knowledge superior to that of any living human being today; but we have not intimated the purpose for which it was built, nor about when it was built. The last cataclysm of any importance, which sank the continent that connected Central and a portion of South America with the land that once occupied the surface of the Atlantic Ocean from the Equator to the Arctic Circle, occurred at least 50,000 years ago and the Great Pyramid Jeezeh was built at least 5,731 years previous to that date for the purpose of an "Initiatory Asylum" of the "Archi- tects, Builders and Masons," who, in their day, ruled the world in every particular from the moral to the political and educational. As a consequence it became the depository of National Weights and Measures. To lead up to this "theory" we will first take up the "location" of the Pyramid. It is situated in the center, and at the same time at the border, of the sector-shaped land of Lower Egypt, in the geographical center of the whole world, and about 9 miles south of west of Cairo, the present capital of Egypt, on the west bank of the Nile river, in 29 58' 51" N. lat. and 31 10' i" E. long. Theory for placing this remarkable structure there and not somewhere else is: That so long as the earth stands, does not disintegrate, or fall back into the sun (which it will do sometime in the next 10,000,000 years) it will stand and answer every physical question that mathematicians can ask or mathematics can solve, and the builders of this phenomenal structure knew it when they placed it there and why ( ?) Because they had lived through and were the result of a civilization that had ex- tended back for thousands of years and had reached a state of enlightenment and civilization such as we are coming too, and may possibly reach, in the next 25,000 years; progres- sing at the same increased ratio that we have exhibited in the past fifty years. It is not strange that the principal writers who have investigated this remarkable stone build- 92 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH ing should have concluded that the architects and builders were deified, placing the date of its erection when they did, in 2170 B. C., which was about the most primitive period that "sacred history" gives us any account of. For a 100,000 years to have elapsed between the visit of Cain to the land of Nod, and Noah completing the Ark, was not dreamed of in their researches and we have lost the benefit of their most valuable scientific investigations from their dwarfed biblical interpretation. The scientist critic will smile and query as to what became of all this enlightened race (?) and where are the relics of their history? The answer is: That they and their history lie buried beneath five hundred feet of chalk at the bottom of the Atlantic and adjacent waters, with the single exception of the Great Pyramid and its monitor, the Sphinx, that stand as a sermon incorporated in stone to tell the story. The weakness of our imagination precludes any attempt on our part to paint a written picture of the intelligence of this ancient race of people, which (for the lack of a more appropriate name) we will call them the " Atlanteans ." That they had constructed other pyramids, castles and domes and spires, together with the building of great cities, we feel confident of. That they not only knew all that we now know, but that they successfully navigated the air, could temper copper harder than steel, knew the exact circumference of a circle, the distance to all the fixed planets, and could overcome gravitation. Further, that they had solved the social and political problems they were all of one mind. They knew the north pole and the south pole as per- fectly as we know the equatorial region. With such know- ledge and ability, they naturally posted themselves upon all the geographical changes of the different continents and islands. They knew all it was possible for human beings to know about earthquakes, cataclysms, the procession of- the equinoxes, etc. With such knowledge, they must have arrived at the conclusion that, as every portion of the THE LAST CATACLYSM 93 earth above water had some day been beneath the waves, and that possibly every portion then covered by water, had at some previous time been dry land, the very wise men of those days came together and debated something after this manner: "Although we are now on dry land, and we and our fore-fathers have been for over 25,000 years, yet this land beneath our feet will again become the sea and that sea in time again become a continent although thous- ands of years may have to elapse to accomplish it. It is self evident that different races of people have preceded our race but they have left nothing behind them to last long enough for a new race created after them to come up and see and know. Let us not be so thoughtless." They further argued: "The principal land of the whole earth once surrounded the south pole, but that was over 750,000 years ago, when it sank leaving only a few thousand little islands scattered south of the equator, the principal con- tinents coming to the surface then, are those we are now enjoying; extending as they do from a few degrees south of the Equator northerly and easterly, reaching through the North temperate and frigid zones, and surrounding the North-pole. The central or pivotal point of which, is located (at this time) near the Tropic of Cancer, in 29 58' 51" N. Lat. and 31 10' i" E. Lon.; and as a consequence is the center of all the land of the Earth, and will continue to be for the next 600,000 years; although portions of it will continue to rise and fall at intervals of from 13,000 to 26,000 years, the central portion will not be perceptibly disturbed by any earth movement for over 600,000 years." (About 500,000 years from 1907 A. D.) They therefore resolved to immediately visit that spot, and erect thereon one of their Initiatory Asylums and General Depositories of Weights and Measures; this they did, and it stands today, and is known to us as the Great Pyramid Jeezeh." SUBMERSIONS AND EMERSIONS OF THE EARTH DURING THE CARBONIFEROUS AGE AND OTHER PERIODS. Referring to the cause of the appar- 94 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH ent many submersions and emersions that parts of the earth (dry land) have undergone, geological changes, which cause is not absolutely certain, it has been supposed by some scientists, that the precession of the equinoxes and the motions of the earth's axis (or poles of the earth) caused a part of the waters of the globe to change places periodically about the surface of the earth (or once in about each 13,000 years). Or at least this is the time required for the equi- noctial points of the earth to move half way around the ecliptic. (See cut "Changes of the Seasons.") The latitude of places is said not to be changed or affected by the preces- sion of the equinoxes. Prof. Pepper in his "Playbook of Metals," says it is "stated that when Caesar invaded Britain, more than 1900 years ago, that the site of London was then in latitude 40 30', whereas now it is in latitude 51 28'." Mr. Pepper further states that "wines were formerly made of the grapes grown in the open fields of England, and that the remains of elephants are found in abundance in Siberia." To which we would say that it is pretty certain that the waters of the earth have moved about the globe, caused eith- er by the motion of the earth's axis or by the shortening and crimping of the earth's diameter from time to time, or by both of these causes ; for much of the dry land of the earth has been submerged periodically, or this operation occurred many times all through the period of the deposits of the carboniferous age and it is very probable that it has taken place periodically during all time of the earth's existence, and it might have happened from the cause of the motion of the earth's axis during the carboniferous age, and from other causes since that time or from the shortening of the earth's diameter from time to time during all ages as there are few if any persons who can study the subject of Geology, especially the carboniferous period and formation, without coming strongly to the conclusion that much of the dry land of the earth has been submerged at many different times during the deposits occurring during said carboniferous age. The very regularity with which FORMATION OF THE COAL MEASURES 95 the submergence occurred in many cases through that age and the coal measures, would indicate to some extent that the cause was invested in the motion of the earth's axis during that period of time. There is no doubt but parts of the dry lands of the globe have been submerged from time to time by the bending and partial doubling up of the earth's crust and strata but we must confess that we see no chance for the apparent regularity of submersions and emersions to occur so regularly by the shortening of the earth's diameter as there is or appears to be by the earth's axis motion process. This motion of the earth's axis is such that the north pole at this time appears to describe a circle about the northern heavens, which has a diameter of 47 across it, once in about each 26,000 years, which is about the same length of time that it takes the equinoxes to fall back 360 degrees by precession. These axis and precession motions may have affected the latitudes of places and affected the submersions of dry land from time to time during the carboniferous and coal measure age and ceased to have such effects since that period. In many coal stratums there is very distinct pause partings occurring every eighteen inches or two feet, or seldom exceeding thirty inches without such a pause parting with more or less impurities in the seams between the layers of coal, which (layers) are generally from fifteen to twenty or twenty-four inches thick, or a little more or less, and these layers lying within the main coal bed (or beds) itself. It has been estimated that it requires about 40,000 years to grow vegetation enough to constitute a stratum of coal four feet thick, but it appears to us that in a warm and somewhat moist or wet climate that enough vegetation (calamites) may grow up and fall down each year to com- pose a ton of coal to the acre in a coal stratum and this would give us a coal bed between two and three feet thick in about 5,000 years, but if the vegetable accumulations occurred at only about half this rate we would have such 96 a bed of coal in about 10,000 years. The deposits of coal (beds) are numerous in some coal fields and they are laid down, together with their coverings, tolerably regular in places, and appearing as though they had been produced or affected in their positions by some tolerably regular motion or movements of the earth. The carboniferous formation is from nothing to a few feet thick in places and from this ranging from hundreds of feet to 15,000 or 20,000 feet thick in other parts, which (20,000 feet) is possibly about one-third of the solid contents of the earth's crust, and most of this comprises a movable mixture of mud, sand, gravel, limestone, magnesia, clays, marls and some primary and secondary rocks and animal and vegetable matter. There is in this thickness in some parts about eighty stratums of coal of various thicknesses, each of which must have been covered up in its turn through the process of the submergence of the earth through probab- ly some of the causes named above. There are some reasons to suppose that the earth has not been free from submer- sions, or some other somewhat violent disturbance, long enough for vegetation sufficiently abundant to grow to form or compose a workable stratum of coal since the close of the carboniferous age. Much of the silurian strata appears to have been de- posited under water, as its layers are found tolerably even bedded in most places or where it has not been disturbed by convulsions. But on rising and approaching the carbon- iferous formation we come in contact with great accumula- tions of movable matter or strata. It is in and through the period from the lower silurian to the top of the carboni- ferous or coal measures that much of this heavy sedimentary matter was deposited, and it appears to be during the latter part of this same time that the earth's crust commenced more forcibly to bend and yield to the heavy deposits of this matter that had accumulated on and about different parts of the earth's surface or in its seas and valleys. Prof. R. Man sill asserts : "since the inauguration of the coal meas- FORMATION OF THE COAL MEASUEES 97 tires and carboniferous formations the earth's crust has grown greatly thicker and denser and the waters have ac- cumulated about the valleys and the tropics, and it is the volatility and activity of these waters that maintains a higher temperature about the tropics than there is about the poles of the earth. The volatile expansive force of these waters absorbs currents of electricity from both poles of the earth and from the sun to support the expansion of these volatile waters with, which waters are converted into vapors, and this again chills the poles of the earth, and also increases the elevation of temperature about the tropics while it decreases it about the poles. The increase of a higher temperature about the tropics and a decrease of tempera- ture about the poles commenced with the increased thick- ness and increased density of the earth's crust; and this process will continue so long as the earth's crust continues to grow thicker and denser. Therefore the difference of temperature between the tropics and poles is a local or earthly cause and not (strictly) a solar cause at all. The idea of philosophers attributing so much potency to the sun by saying that that body radiates heat (so-called) and fills all solar space by spontaneous emission, and can raise a temperature about the earth's equator EO high (80 to 90 degrees of temperature) at a distance of 91,840,000 miles, but can not warm the earth's poles, which are only about 6,000 miles from its tropics, is rather degrading, we think, to the present age of scientific philosophy." Or we may add: why does the snow not melt on the tops of the high mountains, even in the tropics ? See explanation in another part of this work. It appears to us that the inhabitants of some parts of this globe are in more danger from a sinking and crimping and submergence of the earth's crust, than from a burning up of the globe, which doubling of strata would still be apt to shorten the earth's diameter to some extent and back its ocean waters over valleys and low- lands, as it apparently has done from time to time since the commencement of the carboniferous period, and these 98 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH (submerging) periods have apparently been growing shorter and shorter between such convulsions since the close of the coal measures period. PERMANENCE OF CONTINENTAL AREAS Prof. Lyell, in his "Manual of Geology" speaks of the permanence of continental and oceanic areas as being somewhat permanent, or that the present configuration of the earth's surface has been pretty well maintained, or the present lands, mountains 'and oceans have gradually come into existence moderately and naturally through long periods of time, or without the whole mass being jum- bled and mixed up together so that they could not be classi- fied and divided into sections and recognizable divisions and ages, as they have been or as they are at this time. There is no doubt in our mind but the quantity of oxygen in the atmosphere surrounding the earth has always been limited during the time of the construction of the earth up to this date, and those elements, as previously stated, having the strongest absorbing power for oxygen would take possession of it and unite with it in about the same order as their uniting and absorbing forces take place with that element at this time therefore, through the carboniferous age, carbon appeared to have the greatest absorbing power for oxygen, hence its very great prominence and influence throughout that long period of time. There is no doubt but some of the upper silurian, much of the devonian and carboniferous limestone formations, excepting those under and near to the coal measures, were contemporary in growth with much of the deposits of the lower coal measures, as the juices from the decaying vegetation of the early coal epoch supplied the beaches with rich carbonaceous juices that generated the lower orders of animal types and life, and these juices and the low orders of this small animal life, or such as that which we find in and from the upper silurian to the coal measures, or such as the coccosteus, pterichthys, cephalacpis, holophychious, osteolepis, and a EARTHQUAKES 99 few other species of the devonian and mountain limestone formations." EARTHQUAKES. The regions that are at present comparatively free from sensible earthquakes are: Egypt, the eastern and southern portion of Africa, northern Europe and Asia, Australia, Easter Island, eastern portion of South America, Greenland, and northern portion of North America. The least vibrations, however, and the lightest are those experienced in and around Cairo, Egypt. Earth- quakes are recorded, however, as having occurred in Cairo, in 1301 A. D., also in 1856, and in 1874 A. D., but there is no record extant for the last 10,000 years that a single stone was disturbed, or an ounce of material displaced in or around the Great Pyramid Jeezeh; and this state of tranquility, we predict, will continue in that locality for 500,000 years to come. THE EARTHQUAKE ZONE (so considered) around the earth is: Central America, the West Indies, the Azores, Italy, Syria, Persia, Afghanistan , Tibet, Japan and Hawaiian Islands. As the theory expreesed by Prof. David, of Sydney, regarding the inside formation of the earth, and his views on the cause of earthquakes, or some of them, so nearly coincide with our own, we with pleasure copy the following article from the San Francisco Daily Chronicle of September 28, 1906: "It is my firm belief that the earth is composed in the manner of an egg, with three different homogeneous sub- stances. The outer, or the crust of the earth corresponds to the shell of the egg, then there is a softer, perhaps gelatinous substance which corresponds to the white of an egg, and in the center of the earth is still another which is like the yolk of an egg." These are the words of Professor T. W. Edgeworth David, of Sydney University, Australia, one of the world's great geologists, who is at the St. Francis. Professor David has just returned from attending the National Congress of Geologists at Mexico City. He has 100 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH traveled around the world and read papers before the Royal Society in London. While there he came in contact with Professor Milne, one of the great earthquake experts, and was led to believe the new theory as expounded by Milne. SAYS PROOF IS EASY, "The proof is easy and simple and the idea is a complete departure from former theories of the earth's interior," said Professor David, his eyes shining with excitement. "It has come to Milne as the result of life long experiments with earthquakes and motion of the earth. The proof is adduced from the lines of the seismograph during an earthquake shock which results in the destruction of buildings, that is, one of extraordinary violence. If the lines of the seismograph during such a shock are examined it will be found that they are divided into three sets of curves. The shock begins with very slight vibrations, suddenly these are increased to about twice the length without any gradual transition. After these have continued there comes another equally sharp increase in which the lines become about twice the length of those preceding. It is during the last period of the shock that buildings are wrecked. It is from the study of these lines that Milne has arrived at the theory which has astounded the scientific world." MILNE FATHER OF THEORY. "Milne was the first man who saw the value of studying earthquakes, and brought scientific treatment to the subject. He notic- ed at once this similarity in all impressions of the siesmo- graph, and thought there must be some reason for the three sets of vibrations. Then he investigated. He found that the slight vibrations continue about 10 degrees from the center of the shock. Then the next set begins and continues about 120 degrees from the center of shock, then the third set start and are heaviest at that point direct- ly opposite the center of shock. "If the earth is represented by a circle drawn on a paper, and a point is marked as the center of shock, then EAETHQUAKES if ten degrees are marked off along the circumference, it will be found that the distance from this arc to its chord is about thirty miles. In other words the crust is thirty miles thick. Then as soon as the vibrations get through the crust, they strike the white of the egg, and the first quick jump comes. It is found that the substance under the crust of the earth takes up about four-tenths of the dia- meter on each side, and the inside substance corresponds to the yolk of the egg. It is supposed that the substance immediately under the crust of the earth is softer than the crust, and that when the vibrations reach it, the crust rises and falls on it in much the same manner of a ship on the water. This accounts for the waves in the ground familiar when earthquake shocks are in progress. It seems to me beyond a doubt that the theory is a true one and will have a great effect on science, as it will revolutionize the theory of wave motion. The whole lecture, in which Milne expressed this great theory, took only about six minutes." We do not know Prof. Milne's theory beyond that as expressed above, so what we may add are our own crude ideas. Our ideas coincide with the Professor regarding the three different conditions inside of the crust of the earth, but he does not go far enough. We would compare the earth in shape to that of an average apple, being shortest the long way. With the earth, we believe the polar dia- meter to be at least 20 miles shorter that the equatorial diameter, and that this condition is caused by the fluid condition of the third, or yolk compartment, inside this flattened, egg shaped earth of ours. If the earth was solid to its center, no velocity given its perimeter would flatten it at the poles, and increase its equatorial diameter, as is the case with the earth today. Conceding this point, then of what does this inner fluid consist? We believe it consists of all the heavier metals not only of those with which we are familiar but metals with such excessive specific gravity that they have never been thrown to the surface of the earth. We firmlv believe that there is 102 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH enough gold in a molten state, in the center of the earth that would make a globe the size of our satellite, the moon. A feather of proof to substantiate this theory is: that gold is found in greatest quantities at the extreme ends of continents; we believe it was thrown there in a molten state, during a cataclysm or sudden changing of the poles of the earth. Finding gold in large quantities elsewhere, is proof to us- that the ends of continents have been in different positions, in past disturbances of this same character. In future polar changes, continents may be expected to change accordingly. Between 8,000 and 10,000 earthquakes have been chronicled by different publishers since the year 1606 A. D., as follows: "The Earthquake Catalogue" of the British Association, contains between 6,000 and 7,000 earthquakes that occurred from the year 1606 down to 1842 A. D.; the "Catalogue of Earthquakes" compiled by Perry, and pub- lished by the "Belgian Royal Academy" bring the list from 1842 down to 1872; and from 1872 down to June 30, 1905, may be found in the different editions of the Statistician and Economist, published between the year 1876 and 1905. We believe that a surprise is in store for even the most careful student of seismology, in the following carefully prepared list of all important earthquakes that have occurred since the Christian Era to date. (Sec. 6.) EARTHQUAKES. The following is a list of some of the principal earthquakes and volcanic eruptions that have occurred since the Christian era, with the loss of life, no account being taken of the property destroyed, which is variously estimated at from $100,000 to Si 0,000, ooo for every 100 lives lost. Records exist of many convulsions of nature having occurred in the past, where millions of dollars worth of property have been destroyed and not a life sacrificed, viz., at New Madrid, Mo., on Decem- ber 1 6, 1811, and continued with more or less vibration for 54 days; portions of the country sunk, islands were formed in the Mississippi, and $20,000,000 would not cover the loss. EARTHQUAKES 103 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 17 (A. D.) Ephesus and other cities over- turned Thousands 63 Pompeii Hundreds 79 (Aug. 24) Total destruction of Pompeii, Herculaneum and Stabias (eruption of Vesuvius) 280,000 105 Four cities in Asia, 2 in Greece, and 2 in Galatia overturned Many thousands 1 1 5 Antioch destroyed 126 Nicomedia, Caesarea, and Nicea, dest'd. .Thousands 157 In Asia, Pontus, and Macedonia 150 cities and towns inj ured 358 Nicomedia again destroyed 543 Universal; felt over the whole earth 557 Constantinople, Turkey, over 15,000 560 In South Africa, many cities injured 742 In Syria, Palestine and Asia, over 500 towns destroyed (estimated) loss of life 400,000 801 Heavy loss of life in Fran., Ger. and Italy 936 Constantinople again overturned, all Greece shaken 1089 Severe throughout England 1114 Severe at Antioch, many towns destroyed 1137 Cantania, Sicily 15,000 1 158 In Syria, etc 20,000 1268 Cilicia, Asia Minor 60,000 1274 Felt over England, Glastonbury destroyed 1318 (Nov. 14) In Eng., greatest known to date 1456 (Dec. 5.) At Naples 40,000 1509 (Sept. 14) At Constantinople Thousands 1531 (Feb. 26) At Lisbon, 1500 houses buried, nearby towns engulfed, loss of life 30,000 1580 (April 6.) In London; part of St. Paul's and Temple churches fell 1596 (July 2) In Japan; several cities made ruins, loss of life over 10,000 104 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1626 In Naples; 30 towns ruined, loss of life over 70,000 1638 (March 27) Awful at Calabria 1647 (May 13) Santiago, Chile - 4,000 1667 (April 6) Ragusa ruined 5,000 1667 Also at Schamaki, lasted 3 mos 80,000 1672 (April 14) At Rimini over 15.000 1690 (Oct. 17) Severely felt in Dublin 1692 Total destruction of Port Royal, Jamaica, (June 7) houses engulfed 40 fathoms deep 3,000 1693 (Sept.) In Sicily, 54 cities and 300 villages overturned; in Cantaria, of 18,000 inhabi- tants, not a trace could be found; loss. . 100,000 1703 (Feb. 2) Aquila, Italy 5,000 1703 Jeddo, Japan ruined- 200,000 1706 (Nov. 3) In the Abruzzi- 15,000 1716 (May and June) At Algiers 20,000 1726 (Sept. i) Palermo, Sicily, Italy. - 6,000 1731 (Nov. 30) Pekin, China 95,000 1732 (Nov. 29) In Naples, Italy. 1,940 1746 (Oct. 28) Lima and Callao, Peru. ....... 18,000 1751 (Nov. 21) Port-au-Prince, St. Domingo Thousands 1 75 2 (J u ly 2 9) Adrianople, European Turkey Thousands 1754 (Sept.) At Grand Cairo 40,000 1755 (April) Quito, Ecuador, destroyed, over 30,000 J 75S (June ?) Kaschan, N. Persia, destroyed 40,000 1755 (Nov. i) Great earthquake at Lisbon, Portugal, (50,000) extending over 5,000 miles, from the Madeira Islands to Scot- land. Total loss of life over 70,000 1759 (Oct. 30) In Syria; Baalbec destroyed. . 20,000 1767 (August) At Martinico, W. I. . 1,600 1773 (June 7) In Guatemala, great loss; Santiago, Chile swallowed up over 50,000 1778 (July 3) At Smyrna, Asia, very destructive 1780 At Tauris (15,000 houses destroyed) engulfs 45,000 EAETHQUAKES 105 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1783 (Feb. 5) Messina and many towns in Italy and Sicily destroyed ; life loss Thousands NOTE. The earth was not perfectly quiet from earthquake tremors, in Calabria, S. E. Italy, from 1783 1787, a period of four years, during which period thousands of lives were sacrificed, and millions of dollars of property destroyed. 1784 (July 23) Erzengan, Armenia. 5,000 1788 (Oct. 12) At St. Lucia, W. I. 900 1789 (Sept. 30) At Borgo di San Sepolcro.. . . 1,000 1794 (June) In Naples; and Torre del Greco, Italy, overwhelmed, over 10,000 1797 (Feb. 4) Quito, Ecuador; Cuzco, Peru, and Panama almost totally destroyed 41,000 1800 (Sept. 26) At Constantinople, Turkey, de- stroyed the Royal Palace Hundreds 1805 (July 26) At Frosolone, Naples- 6,000 1 8 10 (August n) At the Azores; a town of St. Michael's sunk, and a lake of boiling water appeared in its place 1811 (Dec. 16) San Juan Capristrano, Cal. .... 50 1812 (March 26) Caracas, Venezuela . 12,000 1819 (June 16) District of Kutch, India, sunk 2,000 1819 Throughout Italy, thousands perish 1822 (Aug. 10 and 13 and Sept. 5) Aleppo, Syria 22,000 1822 (Nov. 19) Coast of Chile permanently raised from i to 1 2 miles wide 1828 (Feb. 2) Island of Ischia, severe 28 1829 (Mar. 21) Murcia and other towns in Spain 6,000 1830 (May 26-27) Canton, China, and vicinity 6,000 1835 (Feb. 20) Concepcion, Chile, destroyed, over 20,000 1835 (April 29) Cosenza, Calabria; etc 1,000 1835 (Oct. 12) Castiglione, Calabria. - 100 1839 (Jan. n) Port Royal, Martinique- - 700 1840 (Feb. 14) At Ternate, total destruction Thousands 1840 (July 27) Mt. Ararat, Armenia .over 800 106 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED, 1842 (May 7) At Cape Haytien, St. Domingo 5,000 1851 (Feb. 28 and March 7) At Rhodes and Macri 600 1851 (April 2) Valparaiso, Chile, 400 houses 1851 (Aug. 14) Melfi, Italy 14,000 1853 (Aug. 18) Thebes, Greece, nearly destroyed 1854 (April 1 6) St. Salvador, S. Am., destroyed 1854 (Dec. 23) Anasaca, Japan, and Samoda, Niphon , destroyed 1855 (Feb. 28) Broussa, Turkey, destroyed 1855 (Nov. n) Jeddo, Japan, nearly destroyed 1856 (Mar. 2) Volcanic eruption on Great San- ger Island 3,000 1856 (Oct. 12) In the Mediterranean ; at Candia and Rhodes, etc 750 1857 (Dec. 16) In Calabria,* Montemurro, and other towns of Naples 10,000 (*From the year 17 83 to 1857, a period of 75 years, the Kingdom of Naples lost over 111,000 inhabitants by earthquakes.) 1858 (Feb. 21) Corinth nearly destroyed 1859 (Mar. 22) At Quito, Ecuador 5,000 1859 (June 2 and July 17) At Ezeroum, Asia Minor, thousands perish 1860 (Mar. 20) At Mendoza, Argentine 7,000 1861 Mendoza, South America 12,000 1862 (Dec. 19) Guatemala; 150 buildings and 1 4 churches ; some lives 1863 (April 22) Rhodes; 13 villages. . - - 300 1863 (July 2 and 3) Manila, P. I 1,000 1865 (July 18) At Macchia, Bendinella, and Sicily ; 200 houses and life loss 64 1867 (Feb. 4) Argostoli, Cephalonia 50 1867 (March 8 and 9) At Mitylene 1,000 1867 (June 10) Djocja, Java,; town destroyed 400 EARTHQUAKES 107 1868 (Aug. 13-15) Arequipa, Iquique, Tacna, and Chencha, and many towns of Peru and Ecuador destroyed; loss $300,000,000 and 30,000 rendered homeless; life loss 25,000- 1869 (Dec. 28) Santa Maura, Ionian Islands 17 1870 (Oct. 9-15) In Calabria, several towns de- stroyed 1872 (March 26-27) Inyo County, Cal., 1,000 shocks in 3 days and 7,000 to April 4th, life loss 34. 1872 (Dec. 14-15) At Lehree, India 500 1873 (Mar. 19) San Salvador, Cen. America. . 50 1873 (June 29) At Feletto, Northern Italy, etc. 75 1874 (July 22) At Azagra, Spain, land slip. . . . 200 1874 Antigua, etc., Guatemala; great life loss 1875 (May 3-5) Kara Hiscar, etc., Asia Minor great destruction of life . . , 1875 (May 12) At Smyrna, Asia Minor, over 2,000' 1875 (May 16-18) At San Jose de Cucuta, etc., Colombia, South America 14,000 1877 (May 9-10) Callao, Peru, and other towns destroyed by tidal wave, life loss slight 1878 (April 14) Cua, Venezuela, nearly destroyed 300 1879 (June 17) Cantania, Sicily, 5 villages de- stroyed; loss of life slight 10 1880 (July 4-24) Several killed in Switzerland, and Manila, P. I.; cathedral destroyed 3,000 1880 (Sept. 13) At Valparaiso and Illapel, Chile 200 1880 (Nov. 9) At Agram, Croatia, many lives 1 88 1 (Jan. 27 and Mar. 3) Much damage in Switzerland 1 88 1 (Mar. 4 and 15) Severe in S. Italy; at Cas- amicciola, Isle of Ischia 114 1 88 1 (April 3) Chios (now Scio) Greek Archipel- ago, and several other towns 4,000- 1882 (Mar. 13) In Costa Rica, thousands of lives lost ; very destructive 108 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1882 (Sept. 7-10) Panama R. R. partly de- stroyed 1883 (June 14) During a severe shock of earth- quake, a mountain rose up to an elevation of 6,000 feet, near Chernowitz, Austria 1883 (June 15) On Ometepe Island, Nicaragua, volcanic outbreak ; over 500 1883 (July 28) At Casamicciola, Ischia; 1990 known victims and estimated unknown loss of life 2,000 more; total 3>99 1883 (Aug. 27) Beginning at midnight, Aug. 26, on the I&land of Krakatoa, but simultane- ously extending to every island and por- tion of the sea for over 100 miles in either direction, 30 square miles of the island sank in less than three hours ; tidal waves reached as far as the Cape of Good Hope ; lowest estimate loss of life 50,000 1883 (Oct. 8) Eruption of Mt. Augustine on the Island of Chernaboura, Alaska; one half of the island and mountain sunk and in the vicinity a new island rose 8 1883 (Oct. 16) Anatolia, coast of Asia Minor, Ischesne, and 30 small towns devastated; 30,000 destitute 1,000 1884 (May 19) Asiatic shore of Sea of Marmora, and Island of Kishm 220 1884 (Dec. 25) In Andelusia, Malaga 266 1885 (Jan. 14) Beginning Dec. 26, 1884, in Al- hama, Grenada, South Spain, including 14 other towns, with loss of 20,000 houses, value $100,000,000; life loss alone was. . 3,900 1885 (Feb. 28) In province of Grenada 690 1885 (April 20) In Java. 500 1885 (May 13-31) At Strinagur, Cashmere, 7,000 dwellings and life loss 3>8i EARTHQUAKES 109 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1885 (June 15-30) At Sopar, India 700 1885 (July 31) In Asia Minor 350 1885 (Aug. 2) In Vemoeand Tashkend, Cen- tral Asia 54 1885 (Dec. 3-5) In villages of Algeria 30 1886 Aug. 27) In Greece and Ionian Islands; Prygos destroyed ; life loss i ,300 1886 (Aug. 31) Atlantic States, chiefly at Charleston, S. C., three-fourths of that city destroyed; 17 shocks, life loss 96 1887 (Jan. 15) Long continued earthquake at Tokio, Japan t 1887 (Feb. 23) Severe shocks, extending from Milan, Italy, to Marseilles, France; there were 12 deaths on French territory and 2,000 in Italy 2,012 1887 (April 7-8) Mendez Nunez and San Fran- cisco, Cavite, P. I., terribly shaken; life loss 170 1887 (May 5) In Hawaii 167 1887 (June 10) Town in Turkistan destroyed 125 1887 (Announced June 13) At Avernoe and Almatensky, Turkistan, nearly destroyed 140 1887 (Dec. 4) Destruction of Bisignano and Cosenza, in Calabria, S. E. Italy; very destructive 25 1888 (March) At Yunan, China 4,000 1888 (July 15-18) Destruction of the peak Sho- Bandai-San, in Japan. This mountain had an altitude of 6,000 feet and 3 miles through its base ; but in less than 10 minu- tes over half of its cubic contents were scattered over an area of 27 square miles 400- 1889 (Jan. n) Earthquake felt throughout the State of New York 1889 (April 13 14) On Ishima Island, Japan 170- 110 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1889 (Sept. 8) Earthquake at Florence, Wis., damage $15 ,000 1890 (Dec. 12) Village of Joana, Java 12 1891 (Jan. 15) At Gouraya and Villebourg, Algeria, villages nearly destroyed 40 1891 (Same day) In Chihuahua, Mexico 15 1891 (Aug. 18) Earthquake and cyclone de- vastate the Island of Martinique; life loss 340 1891 (Sept. 813) In San Salvador very violent 40 1891 (Sept. 26) Shocks severe throughout the states of Mo., 111., Ky., Tenn., Ind. and la 1891 (Oct. 28) Very destructive earthquake on the Niphon Islands, Japan; 1,477 shocks followed within 3 days; 166442 houses and bridges were destroyed ; property loss over $10,000,000; life loss 7.5 2 4 1891 (Dec. 18) Violent earthquake in Sicily 1892 (Jan. 22) Severe earthquake shocks in Rome, houses wrecked and lives lost in the Italian provinces 1892 (Jan. 27) Severe shocks experienced in New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasma- nia ; some loss of life 1892 (Feb. 17) Vesuvius (Vol.) again in activity fears of a new crater 1892 (July 30) Every building destroyed in San Cristobal, Mexico - 1893 (Jan. 13) Earthquake at sea causes a tidal wave that floods Paumoto group of islands near Tahiti ; loss of life over i ,000 1893 (Jan. 31) Zante, Greece, suffered greatly by earthquakes, from the close of January to April 21 ; while less than 100 lives (are quoted as) lost, thousands were rendered homeless, and over $3,000,000 is reported as the property loss EARTHQUAKES 111 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1893 (Feb. 13) At Quetta, Afghanistan, many injured; killed 2 1893 (April 8) Two villages destroyed in Servia 3,000 houses wrecked at Milattia, Asia Minor; the killed 130 1893 (April 1 8) Earthquake and tidal wave at Zante, Greece; the ground opened 2 feet wide and sank i foot; every house ruined, 200 persons injured; killed 30 1893 (May 5) Mt. ^Etna active, repeated shocks throughout Italy, extending to the Isle of Man 1893 (May 22) Shocks, with ground opening at Thebes , Greece 1893 (May 28) Shocks cause the jail to collapse and prisoners are crushed at Guayaquil, Ecuador . : 1893 (Aug. n) Destructive shocks with loss of life at Mattinata, Italy; Vol. Stromboli in eruption ; over i ,000 1893 (Nov. 17) Terrible earthquake at Kuchan , Persia; 50,000 animals perkh, human life loss over - - 1 2,000 1893 (Nov. 19) At Samark and Asiatic Russia, severe ; life loss over i ,000 1893 (Nov. 27) At Montreal, Canada; great loss to property 1894 (Mar. 17) Earthquakes on Isthmus of Te- huantepec, Mexico; very severe, and ex- tend to Europe and Asia; again on April 6 doing much damage 1894 (April 20) Earthquakes in Greece destroy 1 1 towns ; the life loss over 300 1894 (April 28) Earthquake destroys 6 cities in Venezuela, one-half the population killed, over 3 ,000 112 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1894 (July 10-15) Shocks at Constantinople, Turkey, and vicinity cause a property loss of $29,000,000; life loss over 1,000 ^894 (July 27) Earthquakes destroy many houses in Servia and Bulgaria and a considerable number of lives 1894 (Aug. 8) Severe throughout Sicily, killed 10 1894 (Oct. 1 6) Volcanic eruptions on Ambrym Island, New Hebrides ; life loss 60 1894 (Oct. 21) Eruption of Mt. Galoongong, Java, causes the destruction of many villages - - 1894 (Oct. 22) At Sakata, Japan, 3,000 houses destroyed; life loss 360 1894 (Oct. 27) Earthquakes throughout the Ar- gentine Republic. City of San Juan al- most totally destroyed; 20,000 persons rendered homeless ; life loss 2 ,000 1894 (Nov. 7) Eruption of volcano followed by 63 shocks covers the Island of Epi, New Hebrides, with ashes 1894 (Nov. 13) Ambrym, New Hebrides, nearly destroyed; life loss 50 1894 (Nov. 1 6) At Messina, Italy; killed 200 1894 (Nov. 22) In the City of Mexico much property, and a life loss of 15 1894 (Dec. 5) Continuous shocks since Nov. 27 throughout Ecuador; many people killed and injured 1894 (Dec. 29-31) Throughout Italy much prop- erty destroyed 1895 (Jan. 17) Earthquakes at Kushan, Persia, 127 shocks, city completely levelled, thousands killed; over 10,000 1895 (Feb. 5) Earthquake at Molde and Bergen Norway; life loss. . u EARTHQUAKES 113 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1895 (Feb. 22) Destruction of Koutchat, Persia, life loss exceeded. 10,000 1895 (April 3) At Tuscany, Italy; killed 27 1895 (April 30) Volcano Colima, in State of Co- lima, Mexico, becomes active 1895 (May 18) Severe shock in vicinity of Flor- ence, Italy ; great destruction ....;.. 1895 (Aug. i) At Krasnovodsk, Russia 120 1895 (Sept. 8) Earthquakes and volcanic erup- tions in vicinity of Metapan, Honduras; property loss $600,000; life loss 300 1895 (Sept. 18) Lava flow from Mt. Vesuvius, Italy, blocks the roads . . .\ 1895 (Nov. i) Violent shock damages much property in Rome, Italy ;....; 1895 (Dec. 3) Volcano Vesuvius in Italy, active -,-.: -.r,j. 1895 (Dec. 26) Earthquakes in Samoa begin- ning on the 25th, at Tutuil" , for 24 hours the shocks were incessant ; at Fagolia Bay a submarine geyser was produced; no loss of life .,,..,, 1895 (Dec. 29) Many houses wrecked at Cic- ciano, Italy, several persons killed 1896 (Jan. 2) Earthquakes in Khalkhal Dis- trict, Persia; life loss over 1,100 1896 (Jan. 3) Volcano Kilauea, H. I., active; a burning lake over 200 feet square and 250 feet deep formed in 6 hours 1896 (Feb. 12) Shock of great severity at Colon , Colombia 1896 (Mar. 2) Violent shock at Colima, Mexico; very destructive 1896 (April 20) Eruption of the Volcano Mauna Loa, Hawaii; the glow is seen 180 miles awav . . 114 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1896 (June 15) Earthquake and tidal wave on the Island of Yeddo, Japan; 9,616 houses destroyed, resultant wave felt in Hawaii ; 1,244 persons wounded; life loss 37 ,i 50 1896 (July n) Volcanic eruption of Kilauea, Hawaii, after one and one-half years quiet 1896 (July 13) Shock felt at Whitby, Ontario, lasting 20 seconds 1896 (July 26) Earthquake, causing tidal wave, devastates coast of Kiangsu province, China ; property loss millions, life loss over 4,000 1896 (Aug. 26) Earthquake in Northern Japan, wrecks 6,500 houses; life loss 3>5 Recurring in the same section (on Aug. 31) 1,000 houses overturned and a life loss of 120 1896 (Sept. 13) Severe shocks felt at Hilo, Ha- waii, the earth opened from the sea in- ward for half a mile 1896 (Oct. 4) Earthquakes in Iceland, ruin 150 farms ; large numbers of live stock killed 1897 (Jan. n) Earthquake on Kishm Island, largest in the Persian Gulf; life loss 2,500 1897 (Feb. 14) Destructive earthquake at Girau, Formosa, and throughout the island; injured 120; killed 56 1897 (Mar. 23) Severe shock at Montreal, Quebec 1897 (April 23) Severe shocks lasting a week, in the Leeward Islands ; at Monserrat the killed exceeded 700 1897 (May n) In S. Australia 90 shocks in 3 days; much damage done at San Gabriel, Jalisco, Mexico 1897 (June 4) Eruption of Vesuvius, lava flow one and one-eighth miles wide, greatest since 1872. EARTHQUAKES 115 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1897 (June 12) Earthquake in Assam and other provinces of India, lasted continuously over 5 minutes; life loss over 6,000 1897 (June 20) Shocks destroy every building in Tehuan tepee, Mexico; 15,000 people homeless 1897 (June 22) Eruption of Volcano Mayou, Albayo, P. I. ; life loss , . 1 20 1897 (Sept. 18) Severe shocks are felt in Turk- istan, Asia, and throughout Switzerland 1897 (Nov. 8) Eruption of Vesuvius; fearful flow 1897 (Dec. 28) After a great fire in Port-au- Prince, Hayti, an earthquake followed leaving great fissures around the city 1898 (Jan. 13) Earthquake on Dutch Island of Amboyna, kills 60 1898 (Mar. 28) Earthquake in New Hebrides Islands, cause many gaps in the earth 1898 (Aug. 7) Earthquake at sea, causing a tidal wave on Formosa Island, China Sea; 2,073 houses destroyed, 995 damaged; 1.60 persons wounded, and the killed number . 139 1898 (Sept. 10) Earthquake at sea, causing a tidal wave in St. Vincent and Barbados, W. I., destroys Bridgetown and Kingston, with a property loss of $1,000,000 and a life loss of 400 1898 (Sept. 23) Vesuvius eruption threatening; 3 lava streams descending equals 5 acres in area, 275 feet deep 1898 (Nov. 27) Earthquake in S. Austria, also in Greece; tidal wave at Triest; life loss 28 1899 (Jan. 21 ) Shock lasting 10 seconds in Jamaica, W. I., severest in years 116 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1899 (Jan. 27) Earthquakes in Greece for 4 days (continuous) ; 5 villages destroyed ; many injured, deaths unknown 1899 (Mar. 7) Terrible earthquake in the Nara Prefecture, Japan; killed 41 1899 (April 1 8) Volcano Houongo active, 2 towns destroyed; earthquakes in Argen- tine 1899 (May 17) 45 shocks in 5 hours on Island of Montserrat, Br. W. I.; houses and crops destroyed ; some lives lost 1899 (July 14) Earthquake near Herne, West- phalia, entombs 60 miners 1899 (Aug. 9) Tidal wave at Valparaiso, Chile; awful desolation; loss $1,000,000. Also violent shocks at Corte, Corsica 1899 (Sept. 20) Earthquake at Aidin, Asia Minor; life loss exceeded 1,500 1899 (Oct. n) TownofAmhei, Island of Ceram destroyed; injured 500, life loss over. . . . 4,000 1899 (Oct. 16) Volcano San Martin, near Cata- maco, Mexico, resumes activity 1 900 (Jan. i ) Earthquake in District of Achalk- alak, Russia, severe; life loss 800 1900 (Feb. i) Unusual severe shock at Abbots- ford, B. C 1900 (Feb. 15) Earthquake of great severity at Lima, Peru; immense loss of property 1900 (Mar. 27) Eruption in Mt. Baker district, Washington; a hill thrown up 70 feet high in a valley and it changed the course of the Nooksack River; report heard 10 miles away :*- . -. 1900 (April 12) Earthquake at Lindai, Japan, wrecks 70 houses EARTHQUAKES 117 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1900 (July 17) Eruption of Volcano Mt. Azuma, Japan, destroys several towns; life loss over. ..................... 200 1900 (Oct. 9) Shock of great severity at Kadiak, Alaska; loss of i life and much property . . ; 1900 (Oct. 1 8) Earthquake and tidal wave, Island of Matapi, South Pacific, great loss of property 1900 (Oct. 29) At Caracas, Venezuela, destroys much property ; life loss 15 1900 (Oct. 31) At Jacksonville, Fla., 8 severe shocks 1901 (Jan. 4) Heavy shocks of earthquake in Kans. and Mo. ; hundreds seek the streets in terror 1901 (Feb. 14) Severe shock of earthquake at Union City, Tenn : . . 1901 (Feb. 20) Earthquake at Arica, Chile, in- habitants panic stricken 1901 (Mar. 9) At Lima, Peru, houses cracked in every direction ; 1901 (April 2) Shocks in S. E. Hungary cause the destruction of many houses 1901 (April 14) Mt. Vesuvius again active 1901 (April 24) Severe in Italy, the inhabitants panic stricken 1901 (July 26) Heavy shocks over a large area of the State of Nevada 1901 (Aug. 16) Earthquake causes the disap- pearance of a mountain 500 feet high in N. Japan 1901 (Oct. 7) Earthquake causes a tidal wave on the Pacific side of Nicaragua; some damage 1901 (Oct. 30) Severe shock felt in many Italian cities ; damage at Gallarate THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED, 1901 (Nov. 8) Severe shocks in Erzeroum, Asiatic Russia ....... ................ . ....... 1901 (Nov. 13) Shock at Salt Lake City, Utah, lasts 30 seconds ; loss over $100,000 ............. 1901 (Nov. 15) Terrible earthquakes visit Er- zeroum, Asiatic Russia, 50 in all, 10 very violent; 1,000 houses destroyed; 1,500 damaged; 15,000 homeless, the life loss. 130 1901: (Nov. 17) At Cheviot, New Zealand, many people injured; property loss over $100,000 ..... . . .................. .... ....... 1901 (Dec. 15) Shock lasting 65 seconds visits Manila, P. I. ; many injured .......... . ....... 1902 (Jan. 16) Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico in ruins; number killed . . ............. 300 1902 (Feb. 14) Shamaka, Russia, destroyed; 34 villages in the Transcaucasia suffer, 4,000 houses destroyed ; life loss ............ 5 ,000 1902 (Mar. 8) Tchengeri, Asia Minor, destroyed ... . 4 persons killed and 100 injured ........ 4 1902 (Mar. 1017) Constant vibrations for one . .... week in New Hebrides Island; 3 volcanos active - ....... ............. ................ 1902 (Mar. 12) Kyankari, Asia Minor, destroy- ed ; known to be killed ................. 4 1902 (April 18-20) Throughout Guatemala, 6 large towns almost obliterated; many in- jured; known killed ................... 200 1902 (May 3-7) Volcano Mont Pelee, near St. Pierre, Martinique, first eruption started on May 3rd, and destroyed the Guerin factories. In four days it destroyed St. Pierre, Lecarbet, Le Precheur and La Mare ; the loss of property was $40,000,000 number of lives ...................... 30,000 1902 (May 18) Violent shocks in Southern Port- ugal, caused by upheavals in W. I .............. EARTHQUAKES 119 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1902 (July 13-30) Violent earthquakes through- out Venezuela on the i3th. Severe shocks in Kingstown, St. Vincent, on the i8th, and again on the 2ist, the sea receding. On the 3oth the Volcano Poas, near Ala- juela, Costa Rica, became active. On the same date every building in San Cristobal, Mexico, was destroyed. Many lives were lost 1902 (Aug. 14) Volcano overwhelms Island of Torishima, Japan; life loss 150 1902 (Aug. 21) Eruption of Mont Pelee, Marti- nique, very severe, total darkness for 20 minutes; also 12 shocks at Zamboanga, P. I., several Moras killed v 1902 (Aug. 22) Eruption of Mont Allomonte, Italy ; ako severe shocks at St. Petersburg Russia 1902 (Aug. 30) Volcano at Masaya, Nicaragua, becomes active 1902 (Dec. 6) Daily shocks, last 9 days in S. E. Iowa 1902 (Dec. 16) Adijan, Russian Central Asia, destroyed; 9,130 houses and 19 cotton gins destroyed; the killed numbered. . . . 4,800 1902 (Dec. 27) Earthquake at Hain Chiang, China, causes a life loss of 600 1903 (Jan. 13) Earthquake at sea causes tidal wave that floods Paumoto group of islands near Tahiti; life loss over 1,000 1903 (Jan. 14) Earthquakes do much damage in States of Tamaulipas and Tobasco, Mexico 1903 (Feb. 7) Summit of Volcano Mt. Pelee, changes shape, Martinique 120 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1903 (Feb. 24) Violent eruption of Mt. Colima, Mexico; Mexican Cen. R. R. extension stopped .- 1903 (Mar. 3-6) Mexican Volcano Colima has violent overflows of lava; Tuxpan, Mex., panic stricken. .............. 1903 (Mar. 9) Vesuvius again active ; ashes and explosive incandescent globes reach Naples 1903 (Mar. 15) Earthquake in the mountainous region of Montana ; third in i o years 1903 (Mar. 21) Volcanos Mt. Pelee, on Martini- que, and Soufriere, on St. Vincent, extra- ordinarily active - - 1903 (April 21) Earthquake at Tuxpan, Mexi- co, cause cave in a mine; killed 10 1903 (June 8) Severe shock at Alusi, Ecuador; ashes fall there from Volcano Sangai 1903 (June 22) Vesuvius in full eruption, spec- tacular sight from Naples, Italy 1903 (Aug. n) Earthquakes destroy 3 villages on Isle of Cinthera 1903 (Aug. 12) Shocks at Mendoza, Argentine, destroys many houses; the killed number 5 1903 (Sept. 19) Most violent shake at Santiago de Cuba, since 1895 ; . . . 1903 (Oct. 19) Earthquake at Turshez, Persia, destroys 13 villages; life loss was 250 1903 (Nov. 3) Again at Turshez, Persia; the town almost totally destroyed; life loss was over 350 1903 (Nov. 29) Tidal waves sweep coasts of Hawaiian Islands ; much damage done 1904 (Mar. 10) Earthquakes destroy 6 Italian villages ; no lives lost EAETHQUAKES 121 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1904 (Mar. 20) Earthquake felt from St. Johns, N. B., to Boston Mass., causes much dam- age, and Bald Mt., in Maine, disappears 1904 (April 4) Earthquakes in Macedonia de- stroy 1,500 houses; life loss was. ....... 24 1904 (June n) Volcano of Mt. Wrangel, in Alaska, in violent eruption 1904 (Nov. 6) Earthquake on Island of Formo^ sa, destroys 150 houses; life loss 78 1904 (Dec. 1-14) Slight shocks felt at San Francisco, Cal., and near vicinity; 14 since Dec. ist . . : 1905 (Jan. 16) Volcano of Momotombo, Central America, active, much damage done 1905 (Jan. 1 8) At Shemakha, Russia, destroys bridges and kills many people 1905 (April 4) Earthquakes in India destroy much property; at Dharmsala, 470 sol- diers were buried alive; total loss over 2,000 1905 (April 25) Severe earthquake at Bender, Abbas, Persia; 200 yards of Mt. Kuhgan- do collapsed, 50 persons buried in a land- slide; shocks continued for a week, the inhabitants camped in the open 50 1905 (May 3) Severe shock felt on Island of Hilo, Hawaii 1905 (May 9) Very severe shocks felt in City of Mexico ; some damage. 1905 (June i) Earthquakes occur in Central Japan; great loss of property at Scutari and Albania where 200 persons were killed and wounded; over 500 houses collapsed; life loss over 2,000 1905 (June n) Volcano Mt. Pelee, Island of Martinique, again active 122 THE GKEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH ^^ YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. [NOTE. Our record of the earthquakes from June n, 1905 to April 17, 1906, were lost in the great fire that followed the great earthquake of April 18, 1906 at San Francisco, Calif., and vicinity.] 1906 (April 18) The "Great Earthquake" of 1906; central at San Francisco, Col., although extending (traceable) for over 2,500 miles; and extending from the Aleutian Group of islands in Alaska, to Lower California; must have started in the Arctic Ocean, and extended to the equator in mid-Pacific. At San Francisco the first shock occurred at 5:14.58 a.m., by Mt. Hamilton time, and lasted one minute and five seconds. The damage wrought in that short time was immense, throwing down many buildings, and damaging (more or less) thousands; but the most disastrous results were: the great loss of life, which it is conceded exceeded (exact number unknown) 480, and the destruction of the water mains of the Spring Valley Water Co.; which left the fire department helpless to cope with the fires started by the breaking of gas mains, electrical connections, etc. The result was the almost total destruction of the city. The area burned over exceeded y 2,593 acres, or 4.05 square miles; with a destruction of over $350,000,000 of prop- erty; insurance of about $235,000,000, of which some 80% has since been paid. [Comparative destruction between the San Francisco , Chicago and Baltimore big fires : i st. San Francisco; area burned, 2,593 EAETHQUAKES 123 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. acres; 25,000 buildings; loss $350,000,000. Date, April 18-21, 1906; known killed 480 2nd. Chicago ; area burned, 2,1-24 acres; 1 7,4 50 buildings; loss $206,000,000. Date, October 8-9, 1871. 3rd. Baltimore; area burned, 640 acres; 2,500 buildings; loss $80,000,000. Date, February 7-8, 1904.] 1906 (April 1 8) By volcanic action, an island arose from the sea in the Aleutian group, Alaska, on the morning of the above date. This latest accession to the U. S. territory is called "Perry Island" ; it contains about 17 acres; its highest point is about 700 feet elevation. Four months later, it was still piping hot 1906 (May 26) Fifty-seven shocks of earth- quake occurred at Houghton, Mich., and vicinity, during the day; buildings rocked like cradles; in several places the earth opened from 2 to 6 inches. The "Atlan- tic mine" had to close down for the day on account of the disturbance 1906 (May 29) A severe earthquake shock was experienced at Fort de France, Martini- que; which completely stopped political disturbances that were in progress throughout the island 1906 (June 5-6) Three slight earthquake shocks on the 5th and a severe shock on the 6th, were felt in Manila, P. I. and very severe on the Island of Samar; no loss of life reported 1906 (June 15) Between the hotirs of 9:40 and 10:35 p-Tn-, 4 slight shocks of earthquake were felt at San Francisco and Oakland, Cal. and vicinity; no damage 124 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1906 (June 22) Two severe earthquake shocks (half an hour apart) occurred in the early morning at Santiago, Cuba. While no material damage was done, it started thousands of people into the streets for the balance of the night 1906 (June 27) Violent earthquake shocks were experienced throughout the southern por- tion of Wales; hundreds of chimneys fell, and some buildings. Also felt at Bristol, England. No life loss . 1906 (June 27) A slight shock of earthquake was felt at Cleveland, Ohio, and along the southern shore of Lake Erie, for over TOO miles, or from Pinesville to Marblehead. Local scientists place the seat of this disturbance beneath the bed of Lake Erie 1906 (July 17) Eruption of Volcano Stromboli, in Sicily; incandescent material thrown to enormous heights, causing many fires; the phenomenon was similar to that which preceded the disastrous earth- quake at Calabria last autumn 1906 (July 15-18) Severe earthquake shocks, (54 in 3 days) destroyed two-thirds of So- corro, New Mexico; San Marcia and Mag- dalena suffer also but no life loss 1906 (Aug. 2) Four violent shocks at Fort de France, Martinique, terrorize the inhabi- tants 1906 (Aug. 16) At the John Hopkins Univer- sity, Baltimore, Md., the seismograph was broken after registering 51 shocks, the needle jumped 3 1-2 inches sideways. (For the cause see what follows.) EARTHQUAKES 125 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1906 (Aug. 1 6) The most severe earthquake (as to vibration) that has occurred for over 100 years, is recorded at Valparaiso, Chile, and other cities of that Republic. The shock began at 8 p.m. The first shock lasted 4 1-2 minutes; 2nd shock, 2 minutes; over 100 shocks followed within 24 hours ; the estimated damage to prop- erty in Valparaiso, including fire was $40,000,000; at Santiago, $6,000,000; in the other eight large towns nearly de- stroyed, $7,000,000 and $5,000,000 more for the interior. The loss of life at Val- paraiso was over 2,000; at Santiago, 55; other towns about 100; total 2 I 55 [Over 300 looters were shot by the authori- ties orders.] 1906 (Aug. 18) Tidal wave visits the islands of Hawaii, (attributed to the earthquake at Valparaiso) it carried away a wharf in Malacca Bay, Island of Maui 1906 (Aug. 22) Violent trembler visits Seahorse and other towns in upper Silecia; over- turning nearly everything movable 1906 (Aug. 30) Violent shocks continue through- out Chile at intervals of from 12 to 24 hours, and have for the last 10 days; 5 shocks today at Tacna 1906 (Sept. 5) Two severe shocks felt at Hilo, Hawaii, and on no other island of the Hawaiian group ; caused hundreds of dead fish to be thrown up on the beaches; apparently they had been scalded 1906 (Sept. 9) The German government operator at Apia, Samoa, reported that he recorded both the San Francisco and the Valparaiso 126 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. earthquakes on his seismograph, but that on the above date (Sept. 9) he recorded one more severe and of longer duration. As it has never been heard from, it must have been at sea 1906 (Sept. 10) Volcanic eruption of a moun- tain near Kwareli, Asiatic Russia; the mountain emitted a sea of semi-liquid sand and stones, burying human beings alive to the number of 255 1906 (Sept. 27) Severe shock of earthquake lasting 30 seconds, visited Porto Rico, and was general throughout the island; some damage ..-..-.....- 1906 (Oct. i) Great earthquake at sea. An earthquake (located by seismographs in different parts of the world) as occurring in the Indian Ocean ; must have continu- ed for over three hours 1906 (Oct. 1 6) Two violent shocks felt at Manila, P. I.. . - 1906 (Oct. 1 8) Sharp shock felt throughout Idaho and Wyoming 1906 (Nov. 10) Mount Vesuvius and the vil- lages surrounding it, were severely shaken at noon ; accompanied by a fall of ashes ; three more slight shocks followed during the afternoon. Ottajano, that was almost entirely destroyed in April last by the eruption of Mt. Vesuvius, was the most severely shaken today 1906 (Nov. 15) Severe shocks of earthquake were general throughout New Mexico, between 2 and 4 a.m. today, extending south to El Paso, Texas. Although houses were rocked to and fro, no material damage was done . EARTHQUAKES 127 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1906 (Dec. i) Earthquakes, slight in character, but frequent, occurring at Valparaiso, Chile 1906 (Dec. 2) The north coast of the Island of Sicily thoroughly shaken 1906 (Dec. 4) KINGSTON, Island of St. Vincent. A prolonged earthquake was felt here tonight. It lasted fully eight seconds. The vibrations were slow. The people of Kingston were thrown into a panic. No other shocks felt here have ever lasted so long. The Island of Barbados, about 100 miles to the east, and the island of St. Lucia, about 250 miles to the northwest, also felt the shock. It was most severe at St. Lucia. There has been a continuation of earthquake shocks here at irregular intervals of varying severity since last February 1906 (Dec. 5) TUTUILA, Samoa. Fresh out- breaks have occurred in the volcano in Savaii, and the field of lava now sur- rounding the volcano is thirty square miles in extent 1906 (Dec. 9) At San Francisco, Oakland and Berkeley, California; a shock of six seconds duration occurred at 3:20-40 a.m. This shock was third in intensity at the two former places; and 4 or 5 at Berkeley. No damage done, but every sleeper felt it 1906 (Dec. 20) Another portion of the crater of Mount Vesuvius fell today and caused a great eruption of ashes, cinders and sand. No detonations or earth shocks followed. But sand and ashes continued to fall for 128 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. hours afterward as far as Naples and Pompeii . 1906 (Dec. 22-23) WASHINGTON, D. C.-A special bulletin issued by the Weather Bureau says : "The seismographs of the Weather Bureau recorded two earthquakes of con- siderable magnitude, the first shortly after noon of the 22d and the second about twenty -three hours later, namely, after- noon of December 23. From the appear- ance of the records we are led to conclude that the earthquakes originated at widely separated localities, but this cannot be definitely told. The first tremors were re- corded at i .'51 :5op. m.of the 2 2d, and the maximum motion, of short duration, oc- curred at 2 :22 :4o p. m. The record ended about 3 o'clock. The strongest action was recorded in a north-south direction and amounted to i . 7 millimeter displace- ment of the ground. The displacement in the east-west direction was only .3 millimeters. The second disturbance was recorded just after 12 o'clock, December 2 3 , an d the motion in both north-south an d east-west directions was greater in both components and lasted longer than in the first earthquake. The first preliminary tremor began at 12:37:33 p. m., the strongest motion beginning at 1 2 :49 and lasting from three to four minutes. The maximum displacement in the east- west direction was 1.7 millimeters and 1.9 millimeters for the north-south compo- nent. The end of the record occurred at 1:11:21. As far as can be judged from EAKTHQUAKES YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. the records, the second disturbance was not at such a great distance as the first, but both disturbances must have been several thousand miles from Washing- ton . ' ' 1906 (Dec. 23) BERKELEY, Cal. The Omori seismograph at the students' observatory of the University of California recorded earthquake waves today at 9 hours 26 minutes and 35 seconds, Pacific Standard time, which indicate that a severe earth- quake has occurred at a distant point. Careful measurements of the seismograph gave the following: Time of commence- ment, 9 hours 20 minutes 35 seconds, Pacific Standard time; duration of pre- liminary tremor, i minute 29 seconds; duration of second stage of preliminary tremor, 6 minutes 16 seconds; duration strong motion, n minutes 38 seconds. The motion is shown in the east and west component only. The average period of the waves was 16 seconds. Owing to the fact that the Omori seismograph is design- ed for recording slight shocks of nearby origin rather than heavy ones of distant origin, it is difficult to apply the ordinary rules to determine the exact distance of the origin of the shock. But it is safe to say that the origin was not less than 2300 miles nor more than 4000 miles distant. The record is very like the Valparaiso record, only not so intense. The shock occurred in the north or south, probably the south, close to the shore or in the ocean. 130 THE GKEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED, 1906 (Dec. 23) LONDON. An earthquake shock of nearly three hours duration was re- corded on the seismographs on the Island of Wight and at Florence. A dispatch from Kopal, in the province of Semir- yetchonsk, Russian Turkistan, brings news of an extremely violent shock there at 11:20 p. m. Dec. 22, lasting ninety minutes. No details are given. 1906 (Dec. 26) A great earthquake has just visited the sea coast of Chile; extending over the entire province of Tacna, and destroying over one-half of the city of Arica. The port of Iquique, 120 miles further south, however, was not dam- aged. 1906 (Dec. 27) VALPARAISO, Chile. A violent earthquake visited this place today, fol- lowed by two slight shocks in the evening and at Arica, the scene of the recent severe earthquake, caused landslides and wide fissures, but there were no deaths. 1907 (Jan. 9) HONOLULU, T. H. At midnight the people of nearly all parts of Hawaii awoke to the realization that the splendid spectacle of an outbreak of Mauna Loa was before them. In Hawaii volcanic activity is never dreaded; it is always welcomed. It means a spectacle as long as it lasts, incomparable, magnificent and so far as the experience of a hundred years goes, Without danger to life al- most without danger to property. From the summit of Mauna Loa, a vast dome which rears itself from a base fifty miles in diameter and includes almost half of EAETHQUAKES 131 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. the Island of Hawaii, to a height of 13,675 feet above sea level, a great glow began to be seen. It rose in an immense column of light, reflecting from the overhanging clouds, and seeming to spread out over a large area of the zenith. Where the column left the mountain it seemed al- most white in the intensity of light. To those who have seen eruptions of Mauna Loa, it told its own story. Somewhere near the summit of the great mountain the molten lava had broken out in a fiery stream, forming first a cone, and then, bursting through the side of this, had started as a river of fire and lava down the gently sloping side of the mountain. This wonderful spectacle was visible, as it has now been ascertained, for a distance of one hundred miles in every direction, except where great cloud banks piled by the trade winds on some parts of the mountain's shoulder, intercepted the view. 1907 (Jan. 10) A tidal wave, caused by volcanic action, has devastated some of the Dutch East Indies south of Achim. The loss is very great. It is known that 300 persons perished on the Island of Tana, and 40 were drowned on the Island of Simalu. As the latter named island has almost disappeared, it is probable that over 1500 persons were drowned 1,500 1907 (Jan. 14) A slight conception may be had of the magnitude of the eruption of the Volcano of "Mauna Loa," that began on Jan. 9th, at midnight, from the following 132 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. report, 5 days later, from Honolulu: "Lava from Mauna Loa volcano is flowing down the western side at the rate of seven miles an hour in uhree streams. One stream has crossed the Government road and reached the sea, thirty miles from its source. Some slight damage has been done to grazing lands, but neither life nor property has been endangered. The eruption has attracted many sightseers." The second flow of lava at the end of the first week was half a mile wide and mov- ing 720 feet a day. 1907 (Jan. 14) Destructive earthquake almost entirely destroying the City of Kingston, Jamaica; following in its wake by a fire which consumed over half of the city. The most conservative estimate of the loss of life is i ,000 persons. The financial loss exceeded $25,000,000 1,000 In sympathy with the above, Mt. Vesu- vius, in Naples, became more active; and Manila, P. I., was badly shaken up, and a tidal wave broke over the harbor works. 1907 (Jan. 18) Two violent earthquake shocks were experienced at Kuba, Government of Baku, European Russia, at 5 .-30 a. m. today. Damage light. At the same hour, a severe shock occurred at Tolmezzo at the foot of the ' ' Carnic Alps , ' ' Italy ; the inhabitants were panic stricken. And in sympathy, a tidal wave of considerable proportions occurred at the entrance to Tokio Bay, Japan. 1907 (Jan. 19) Severe shocks (without material damage) felt at Alexandrousk, Sahkhalia and Elizabethpol, Russia. EARTHQUAKES 133 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1907 (Jan. 22) Two more severe earthquake shocks, and the heaviest since the "great trembler" of the i4th inst., at Kingston, Jamaica; several more buildings were thrown down, but no one injured. 1907 (Jan. 24) Three shocks of earthquake occurred at the village of Prospect, 19 miles from Utica, N. Y., thoroughly alarming the entire population. 1907 (Jan. 30) Several severe earthquake shocks felt at Highland and Greenville, Illinois, at 11:30 p. m.; some dishes broken, loss trivial. 1907 (Feb. 22) A very severe earthquake shock occurred at Unalaska, Alaska; in sympa- thy at the same hour, the inactive vol- cano of Akutan, on Akutan Island, of the Aleutian Archipelago, started into activ- ity. It has been inactive for several years. 1907 (Feb. 28) A strong shock of earthquake was experienced in the southern portion of Carbon Co., Wyoming, on the evening of the above date. The seismic disturb- ance extended as far south as Hahn's Peak and was so severe that the inhabitants were thrown into a panic. At Slater, one building was twisted a foot out of plumb. 1907 (Mar. 29) The worst earthquake experi- enced in over 40 years, in the Erzeroum volcanic regions occurred at 10 a. m. on the above date at Billis, Asiatic Turkey. Over 2,000 houses were damaged, from $50 to $500 each; 300 houses entirely de- molished, and eight lives were lost. Sur- rounding villages suffered proportionately but as it occurred in the davtime the loss 134 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. of life was light, although many were injured. 1907 (April 2) An earthquake of extraordinary severity visited Can by, (and vicinity) Modoc Co., Cal. ; the result was the open- ing of a gash of four feet in width, over a mile long. This crack seems to be bottom- less. 1907 (April 14) The City of Mexico, and the en- tire coast on the Pacific, between Acapul- co, Mexico, and the Isthmus of Panama, was the scene of the most destructive earthquake in that section known for many years. The following places were almost completely wiped out, viz. Chilpmcingo, Chilapa, Tixtea, Ayutla, and Ometepec. On the height of the first shock, the harbor of Acapulco, took on the appearance of a typhoon-swept ocean, and a tidal wave submerged one portion of the city of Acapulco. The whole coast from Acapulco to Salinas Cruz has been damaged. Incomplete returns show a death list of 98 persons and 300 injured from various points in Southern Mexico. Although the first shock in the City of Mexico lasted for 41-2 minutes, no loss of life is reported there. The property loss throughout the Republic of Mexico will run into millions of dollars. The seismographs located all over the world, including the "Weather Bureau" at Washington, D. C., designate this par- ticular earthquake as a "record breaker." The disturbance lasted for over two hours, and indicated that it was central some- where in the Pacific Ocean 98 EARTHQUAKES 135 YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. 1907 (April 16-17) The "Atlantic Liner" steamer La Provence, which arrived at the port of New York, April 19, 1907, reported: "That from midnight April i6th until 5 p. m. April i7th, she passed through a storm which, the officers of the ship say, has rarely been exceeded in violence on the Atlantic. At dinner time, the i6th, the barometer began to fall rapidly and as midnight approached the ship reached an area where the air was so heavily charged with electricity that the compass became worse than useless. Suddenly a terrific storm swept down on the ship. Great waves broke over the liner's decks, but no rain fell, the night being perfectly clear. After five hours, the storm abated as suddenly as it had come. No one was injured, but the passengers were badly frightened. Captain Aliax, of the liner, believes the strange storm was the result of the same forces which caused the earth- quake shocks in Mexico." 1907 (April 19) Earthquakes are reported for this date, from widely separated sections, viz. a severe shock felt at 9:40 p. m. in the region surrounding Mostagalea, in Bulgaria ; no mention is made of causali- ties or damage. A slight shock was felt at Charleston and Summerville, S. C., at 3 :23 a. m.; three slight waving movements from north to west, lasting 8 seconds. Also a destructive shock experienced at Nueva Caceres, Southern Luzon; many buildings destroyed, but no loss of life reported. And from Manila, P. I., inter- 136 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH YEAR. PLACE. PERSONS KILLED. mittant shocks for over three hours in the morning; three of the shocks were severe. To complete the list for this date, the volcano Puyehue, now in activity, in the the province of Valdivia, Chile, developed several new craters. 1907 (April 24) The volcano Stromboli, in Sicily, became suddenly active, with a series of loud explosions ; after throwing out a large quantity of incandescent stones, almost immediately afterwards, returned to its normal state. The foregoing extended tables of all the important, destructive earthquakes, that have occurred in the last 1900 years, have not been introduced here to satisfy idle curiosity, nor to awe the reader by the magnitude of the destruction of life ; but to show, that the seismic phenomena is universal over the face of the earth, and least or nil where our predecessors placed the Great Pyramid. If we have made this point clear, we will now introduce another side issue, to assist us in the further elucidation of our theory, as to the extraordinary intelligence of the builders of that "first great wonder of the world," and of the impossibility of such a race of people to have existed at any period between 2,000 and 10,000 B. C. (Sec. 7) USEFUL ELEMENTS OF ASTRONOMY, AND THE SOLAR SYSTEM. THE Sux Q The solar system consists of a great luminous center, the sun, and the planets and comets which revolve around that body. The sun's diameter is computed to be about 850,000 miles. Its mean distance from the earth is about 92,000,000 miles. (Exactly 91,840,000 miles, as determined by Prof. Howard Vyse, in the measurement of the Great Pyramid Jeezeh.) The sun's volume is 1,400,000 times that of the earth. Its mass is said to be about 350,000 times that of our globe. The sun revolves upon its axis THE SOLAR SYSTEM ASTRONOMY 137 once in about 25 1-4 days. (Does the sun's heat reach the earth as is supposed? We say, no. See article at the close of this chapter.) THE ECLIPTIC SYSTEM. The ecliptic circle or earth's orbit, is divided into 12 equal parts or 30 degrees each. The zodiac is also divided into 12 equal parts of 30 degrees each; the zodiac is also divided into 1 2 parts called signs of the zodiac of 30 degrees each, and includes 9 degrees on each side of the ecliptic; these 12 signs of 30 degrees each constitute the 360 degrees of all celestial circles, and we may say at all distances from the center of the sun. The planets traverse around this circle in various periods of time, and each one at various distances from the sun, and at irregular motions. All planets move from west to east; longitude is reckoned from the first point in Aries in the same direction; celestial latitude, or declination, is reckoned from ecliptic north and south. The word "opposition" means when the earth comes between any of the superior planets (which have their orbits outside the earth's orbit) and the sun; and when these planets are on the opposite side of the sun to the earth, they are said to be in conjunction with the sun. When Mercury or Venus are in line between the sun and the earth, they are said to be in inferior conjunc- tion with the sun; when they are on the opposite side of the sun to the earth, they are said to be in superior con- junction with the sun their orbits are located inside the earth's orbit. THE PLANETS. The principal planets are Mercury, Venus, the Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune, each member having its own peculiarities. Mercury possesses a rapid motion on an elongated orbit, that varies from the plane of the ecliptic more than seven degrees. Mercury passes through about as much ellipticity in the same length of time as all the other principal planets together, and moves over more than double the number of degrees of longitude 138 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH ill a day at about its perihelion, than what it does when about its aphelion while Venus, the next planet to Mer- cury, moves upon an orbit nearer to a circle than any other planet in our system ; therefore Venus is the most perfect planet among the solar members . The earth , the next planet to Venus from the sun, has from three to four times as much ellipticity in its orbit as Venus ; it is also attended by a sat- ellite of a large size for the magnitude of the earth. The earth is the first planet from the sun known to be attended by a moon. Mars is the next planet from the earth, and fourth from the sun; it is rather small for its location; its orbit is long, (and it possesses two tiny, and perhaps recently acquired, asteroid moons). There is a belt of very small planets, the Asteroids, located between the orbits of Mars and great Jupiter. Jupiter, the fifth and largest planet in the solar system, is attended by four satellites, and possessed, apparently, with bands about the body of the planet. Saturn, the sixth planet, has eight moons, and two great rings. Uranus, the seventh planet from the sun, possesses four satellites. Neptune, the eighth and last planet known from the sun, has one moon. MERCURY AN INFERIOR PLANET. $ Mercury's mean distance from the sun is 35,000,000 miles; its shortest distance is 28,000,000 miles; its greatest distance is 42,500,000 miles; its eccentricity is about 14,500,000 miles; its diameter 2,962 miles. Its time of axial rotation, 24 hours 5 minutes and 30 seconds; its mean orbital velocity is about 106,000 miles an hour. Its variation from the ecliptic is 7 6'. Its orbital periodic time about the sun is; siderial, 87.96 days; synodical, 115.8 days. Mercury, Vciu.? and our moon come in transit (apparently crossing the sun's disk), or in a direct line between the sun and earth, at periodic times. These bodies cannot withstand the undulating electric currents that they are subjected to in this position, therefore, they are, as it were, driven across the plane of the ecliptic at THE SOLAE SYSTEM ASTRONOMY 139 various angles, as though this electric force was a repulsion upon them or the matter composing them. This is the case with all bodies when placed in this position. The body of matter in the middle, or the body coming between two other bodies, absorbs the electricity from the two outside ones with great force, and by this force it expands and leaves this position by moving to one side or the other of the plane of the ecliptic, or rather crosses the plane at some angle that does not place it between two bodies so frequently. Mercury's rapid motion, its great density, and necessarily the remarkable change of this motion and density at about perihelion and aphelion passages, agitate the whole solar system upon many of these occasions. The great changes of motion, density, and electric currents account for the rugged, rough mountains,, (supposed to be 50,000 feet high) ; also luminous points as seen upon Mercury's obscure disk which are supposed to be volcanos in a state of activity, and which would seem to be a very reasonable suggestion of facts. (As the elements com- posing our moon must be in about some such a state of agitated changes, the bright illuminated points and lines upon the moon must be the illuminated gases escaping to the dark surface of the moon as they move from the illuminated to the dark side of the satellite.) VENUS AN INFERIOR PLANET. $ Venus, alternately the bright morning and evening star, moves on an orbit nearly circular, at about the mean distance from the sun of 66,000,000 miles. Its diameter is 7,500 miles. Its orbital velocity is about 77,000 miles an hour. It revolves on its axis in 23 hours and 21 minutes. Its siderial periodic time about the sun is 224.7 days; its synodical time is 583.9 days. Venus varies from the ecliptic 3 23'. THE EARTH. Its mean distance from the sun is about 91,840,000 miles. Its orbital velocity is about 67,000 miles an hour. Its diameter, near 7,925 miles (7,924.9111). Its time of 140 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH axial rotation, 23 hours 56 minutes and 4 seconds. It revolvs around the sun in 365 1-4 days. The axis of the earth is inclined 23 1-2 degrees from the perpendicular to its orbit. The axis of the earth is constantly (or nearly so) pointing to the north star. At the equinoxes one-half of the earth's surface is illuminated from pole to pole, hence the days and nights are of equal length. The earth passes its vernal equinox March 2oth and its autumnal equinox September 22nd. By the 2ist of June the earth's orbital motion brings the earth's posi- tion so that the sun is verticle 23 1-2 degrees north of its equinoctial point. This produces the summer solstice in the northern hemisphere, and winter in the southern hemisphere. The earth's orbital motion brings the earth's position so that the sun is verticle over its equator again September 22d, or at the autumnal equinox. The earth's orbital motion brings the sun vertical 23 1-2 degrees south of the earth's equinoctial point, on the 2tst of December, or to the winter solstice in the northern hemisphere and .summer in the southern hemisphere. The earth's orbital motion brings the earth's equinoctial point to the sun's vertical line and earth's equator again, March 2oth, and by this illuminating one half of the earth's surface from pole to pole. The extent of declination of the sun's verticle from the equinoctial is 23 1-2 degrees north or south, or on each side of the equator. At the summer solstice the sun is verticle 23 1-2 degrees north of the equator, and at the winter solstice it is verticle 23 1-2 degrees south of the earth's equator. This is called the obliquity of the ecliptic. 'These various (seasons or) periodic positions of certain parts of the earth's surface are brought to the sun's verticle T^y a sort of a spiral motion of the earth on its orbit which orbital motion brings these certiaii parts of the earth's surface under the sun's verticle at these certain seasons of the (year or by the) earth's annual revolution about the sun, as described above or at spring, summer, autumn and winter seasons and positions. THE SOLAR SYSTEM ASTRONOMY 141 The earth is in perihelion about December 3ist, and in aphelion about the ist of July. Its perihelion is in lon- gitude 100 21', and its aphelion is 280 21'. The earth's volume, according to Airy, is only one part out of i ,400,000 volumes of that of the t>un. Its mass is one part out of about 352,000 parts of the sun. THE CHANGES OF THE SEASONS. The following cut exhibits the earth in its various positions as it moves, in its orbital motion, through the season constellations its spring equinox, its summer solstice, its autumnal equinox, and its winter solstice, etc. The equinoxes move westward about 50" annually. The Birth's perihelion point moves eastward about 12" a year. By this movement of the vernal equinox westward 50", and the perihelion eastward 12", these two points become further apart each year (for a long time) by 62", or i' 2". A revolution of 360 degrees, (of procession, or fall- ing back of the equinoxes) would require about 26,000 years while the advance of the perihelion, or apside, eastward through 360 degrees, or a revolution, would require about 110,000 years. 142 THE MOON OUR EARTH'S SATELLITE. The moon is our nearest planetary neighbor. It is a body of matter revolving about our globe, and apparently exercising considerable influence upon our sphere. The moon's mean distance from the earth is 238,800 miles. Its least distance is 225,700 miles, and the greatest distance is 251,900 miles. It is 26,000 miles nearer the earth at perigee than it is at apogee. It revolves on its axis to the sun, in 27 days 7 hours and 43 minutes, which is about the same period of time as that of its sideral revolution. Its synodical period is 29 1-2 days. It possesses no axial rotation to the earth, therefore it always turns about the same side towards our globe. It appears to move around the earth at about the rate of 2,273 miles an hour. Its variation, or the inclination of its orbit to the plane of the ecliptic, is 5 8'. The moon's orbit revolves around the earth, as well as the moon itself that is, its nearest and farthest orbital points make a revolution around the earth once in each 8 years and 310 1-2 days. This is termed the progression of the apsides. The line of the moon's nodes is also in motion, moving around the earth and ecliptic in a retrograde direction, or from east to west, in a period of about 18 1-2 years. The moon's nodes are the two points where the moon touches or crosses the plane of the ecliptic or earth's orbit, on its passages going from north to south, or from south to north declinations, etc. MARS A SUPERIOR PLANET. G 03 e/T fn 1 "O ^ s d(NrOMOOi-iO'-iO T}- M M ro O I CO 4J ^ *3 w CO oi a rt co en oj 0^ pM o fc to *o 4J t ^j CJ 4- 1 'G CO V-4 r^ G -*j O\ Tj" CN O *O M M HI t-^ O CO ^o3 jjj CD r* (-C i^H Tt" CS M O - +J .2 PH j-i O O O c) t~. xo O O O O cu a CO g w 3 _0 en P o O I/") CN M O HI M ""* 03 t p^ V-H en o a /~^ S ei -H DC -fj > CO H **j G c3 1^ Q rH _en -|_> TlJ O _(-< ?" T-H M CN t-~. O O t*5 O O SO O ^r] 03 S CU g 1 ' 1 fa ^ O O *O ** ^ " "d ti O _ 03 H 4-J o3 o Pi H 03 '^ _G ol a S e^ u O g a H en t^oOONCNMQOOO SO M M O M 'S ~ (C n3 o fa f-r r* o5 ^ 1u vT -1J O 4J o 4J G o o s 'o m CO pi O (S3 -H> g 1 i "*"* CO N~ ."t^ H U 03 OO^OOOOOOOO tJ JS "G ol +j "i g G ON O M ''S g CU CO G 2 o M w CU en G o T"" o bd rG rt G P u CT o ** cu o3 U) a o3 CU en O P^ t-H CO PH O CL| CM O | 2 d p, ^5 'Jj " g c H 'en ^nj ^ CO V- _G o 'co en O ' ' ' ' fli O ^ _a Co 'd ^ fH ^ CO M o - +3 S3 O G +j QJ d) t/) * G o S3 e C/3 3 ,-H ti/^ o G oj ^ IH rH ' G C cu 'oj '~ H tuC rt T3 . . ; o os "S ^^ T^j ^ _en CO '. '. '. i t S . i i P oj > potassium 1 43 'G G CO co C3 ^ | *-! <4-l g 1 1 1 II I S ^ ,2 o3 G -g >< 'S J3 ^ co :MSJV32;9r,0*sM19;i6939937;iO:iS209;494492307114fl6286!08- HMMMttiMtli;iiaai4mKllttaNiniNMMIKMH8ll7BIMMMtMM>+, &c., &c., &c. S'fond The next nearest approximation is of applied mathematics, or of as- tronomical and physical science, as furnir-hed by all the first-class nations of the world, who have been working publicly for centuries, and at a cost of millions of money, and have attained, or are on the point of attaining, an accuracy, some- times only in the second figme. sometimes in the third, fourth, fifth, or even lower figures, according to the greater or less difficulty in the nature of the question concerned. As thus: Polar diameter of the earth =between 500,378,000 and 500,560,000 English inches. Mean equatorial diameter of the earth bet. 502.0SO.OOO and 502,230,000 Eng. ins. Mean density of the earth bet. 5.3 and 6.5; the two latest determinations by powerful government institutions. Mean distance of the earth from the sun bet. 91 and 93 millions of miles, Eng. Obliquity of the elliptic in 1S77 A. D.=23 27' 17".9 to 23 27' 19".0. Length of the solar tropical year in mean solar days=365.24222 to 365.24224. Precession of Equinoxes in years=25,816 to 25,870. Third To claim to have found anything that is new, or revive & problem that la lost in the mist of antiquity, requires a courage in this day of enlightenment and u jderetanding to be willing to stand alone to act, to think, to do Til I. .UI.AT PYRAMID OF JJBEZEH. Situated In the centre, and at the same time at t u e border, of the sector-shaped, land of Lower Egypt, in the Geographical Centre of the land surface of the whole world, and about 9 miles S. of W. of Cairo, the present capitol of Egypt, on the west bank of the Nile, in 29 58' 51" N. Lat. and 31 10' 1" E. Lon. is the Great Pyramid of Jeezeh, in Egypt. Egyptologists referred to for the following notes on the Pyramids of Egypt, arer Piazzi Smyth; Howard Yyse; Win. Osborn; Dr. Lepsius; Lane; Wilkinson; Raw- liusou, &c. The Xame of the Great Pyramid. Varieties of orthography by dif- ferent authors, which may lead to the correct pronunciation, are as follows: D;iza, D*chiseh, Dsjise, Dzireth, El-Geezeh, Geezeh, Gheezeh, Ghizeh, Gizeh, Gyzeh, Jeezeh, Jizeh, &c. Dr. J. A. S. Grant, writes from his Sanatorium, Palais Mantatia, in Cairo, in March, 1877, that Jeezeh, or Geezeh, is the proper way of spelling this word in English. Names of the Builders of the Three Largest Pyramids of Jeeceh,. According to Various Authorities. AUTHORITIES. Builder of the Great Pyramid. Builder of the Sec- ond Pyramid. Builder of the Third Pyramid. Cheops. Suphis I. ( Saophis. 1 j Comastes, or ( Chemati stea. ) Chembres. ( Shofo. ] Shufu. ( Koufou. Chephren. Suphis II. Saophis II. Cephren. Nou-'Shofo. Noum-Shufu. Shafre. Mycerinus. Mencheres. ( Mescheres Helio- ( dotus. Mycerinus. Menkere. Menkerre. Men-kaw-ra. Eratosthenes Diodorus Siculus. . . Modern Egyptolo- gists Date of the building of the Great Pyramid. The most satisfactory estimate, of any Egyptologist who has attempted to fix the date of the building of this First Great Wonder of the World," is by Piazzi Smyth ; who has by a series of actual measurements and obnerva- tions, mathematical, astronomical and geographical, extending over some fifteen years, fixed the date about 5J.17O B. C. (Other authorities, without naming them, place the date varying from 150,000 to 1,950 B. C.) Any one who wilf closely examine all that has been written upon this subject, during the present century, will come to the remarkable conclusion that, it was either built thousands of years prior to the assumed date of man's existence on the earth, by a race vastly wiser; or, that it was designed by the " Great Architect," who rules all things. Prof. H. L. Smith, of Hobart College, Geneva, N. Y. (in a private letter) speak. Ing of the Queen's Chamber, in the Great Pyramid, remarks, " Either there ia proof in that chamber of supernatural inspiration granted to the architect;" or . " That primeval official possessed, without inspiration, in an age of absolute sci- entific ignorance. 4,000 years ago, scientific knowledge equal to, if not surpassing, that of the present highly developed state of science in the modern world." Position, Size, Area, Height, etc., of the Great Pyramid. The Great Pyramid is built upon, and near the edge of an elevated rocky steppe, bout 130 feet above the fertile plains of the Nile, and about 125 feet above the neighboring alluvial plains as now covered with sand, upon a solid ledge of lime- stone and porphyry, the strata of which lay horizontal. The structure at its base is supposed to be a perfect square, and its height, the proportion of the square of such base, as the value of the circumference of a circle is to the diameter of the same, thus: Diameter 1. Circumference is=3. 1415926535897932384r>2<>433832795028 841971<>939937510582097494459230781<;-tOr,28(>208998628034825342ll70G798214808G51328230& 6470938446095505822317253594081284802+ . With this exception, the belief exists, that the circle has actually been squared by the Pyramid measurements, if we can correctly measure them to their ancient positions. This Pyramid faces exactly North, South, East and West, and the only one that does, of all the Pyramids in Egypt. For the equivalents of the "Pyramid Inch," and "Sacred Cubit, "used in the calculations which follow see table of Pyramid Weights and Measures below. It will be observed that in nearly every weight or measurement in the construe* tion of this Pyramid, the figure 5 is conspicuously present. 158 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH l-y ram id We igti ts and Measures. The basis by which the following results were obtained, are viz: For Lineal or Surface Measure, the one 500-millionth of the Earth's Axis of Rotation, which is=l Pyramid Inch, and equivalent to 1.001 Inch English. "Weight Measure, is based on the Earth's Size and Density. Capacity and Dry Measure, on the Cubic Contents of the Coffer in the King's Chamber. Heat and Pressure, Angle and Time, on Cosmical, Geographical and Pyrami- dal measures. The Standard of Length employed in laying out the Great Pyramid, viz: The Sacred Cubit=25 Pyramid Inches, in the measurement of the perimeter of the building, found to represent a theoretical circle, brings out the true length of a solar year, viz: 365.242 days. Measures of Length. NAME. Length. Eng. Equivalent. Basis. Pyramid Inch Pyramid Sacred Cubit. 1. 25. 1.001 Inches 25.025 Inches ^1-500-Millionth, Earth's Axis Rotation. =1.20-Millionth, Earth's Axis Rotation. Weights and Measures. Division, or number, of each part contained in weight tandard. Interme- diate di- visions. Weight of the part so divided in P yr a m i d Ibs. Capacity of the parts in Pyramid cu- bical inches of Earth's Mean Den- Capacity of the parts in Pyra- mid cubical in- ches of distilled water. (T. 60 B. 30. of Pyra- Name now proposed to be given to each kind of part. sity. mid.) 1 2,500. 12,500. 71,250. Ton. 4 4. 625. 3,125. 17,815. Quarter. 10 2.5 250. 1,250. 7,125. Wey. 25 2.5 100. 500. 2,850. Cwt. 250 10. 10. 50. 285. Stone. 2,500 10. 1. 5. 28.5 Pound. 25,000 10. 0.1 0.5 2.85 Ounce. 250,000 10. 0.01 0.05 0.285 Dram. 25,000,000 10. 0.0001 0.0005 0.00285 Grain. Capacity Measure. 1 Coffer = 4Quarters=10Sacks=25Bushels= 250 Gallons, and is=71,250 cubicins., the capacity of the Coffer in the King's Chambers. Fluid Measure 28.5 Pry- amid cubic inches=l. Pyramid pound=l. pint, &c. Thermometers in different countries, compared by placing the at freezing in each, you have the same absolute temperatures in terms of five different thermo- metric scales. Fahrenheit. Modified Fahr- enheit. Centigrade. Re'aumur. * Pyramid. 122 104 90 72 50 J 40 3 40 32' J ]25 100 *The Pyramid Thermometer consists of 250 between the boiling and freezing point; one-fifth above the freezing point, or 50 the average temperature of all lands, and=the Mean temperature at the level of the King's Chamber in the Great Pyramid; which is situated on the 50th layer of stone from the pavement of the same; and upon the otn layer of stone that is 30 inches in thickness. The former corresponding to the Mean temperature, viz: 50; the latter to the baro- metric pressure of 30 inches at the level of the sea. SYSTEM or ANGLE MEASURES. I'YBAMID .fEATURE. Babylonian. French. Vulgar. Pyramid. A whole circumf erance 360 U 400' J 32'-> 1 ,000 Angle of side with horizon Angle of passages 50 51' 14" 26 18' 10" 57. 62 29. 23 4<\61 2. 34 144. 05 73. 08 The casing stones of the Great Pyramid have an external slope of 51 51' 14" .3 as affected by its horizontal masonry courses. For every ten units which ita structure advances inward on tho diagonal of the base to central, nocturnal 159 darkness (of the Great Pyramid) , it practically rises iipwards, or points to sun. shine, daylight and sky, by nine* It is claimed by Mr. Wm. Petrie, C. E., that the radius of the earth's mean orbit round the sun, however far away that may be, is in this same proportion of 10:9. By this measurement the sun is estimated to be about 91,500,000 miles distant from the earth. Number of sides of the whole building, 1 square, and 4 triangular =5 Number of corners 4 on the ground and 1 anciently aloft =5 Pyramid Inches. Sacred Cubits. Aucient and present base-side socket length Ancient and present base-diagonal socket length Present dilapidated base-aide length, about Sum of the two base-diagonals, to the nearest inch Area of the base in square Pyr. inches, 3,376,074.1025=5,- 401.718564 Sacred Oubits= 13. 292 Pyramid Acres. Ancient area of the square pavement, about 16. Pyr. Acres. Ancient vertical height of apex completed, above pavem't Present dilapidated height, vertical, about Ancient inclined height at middle of sides, from pavement to completed apex Ancient inclined height at the corners, pavement to apex.. Ancient vertical height of apex above the lowest subterra- near chamber Elevation of pavement base, above the average water level . Elevation of pavement base, above the Mediterranean Sea.. Elevation of the lowest subterranean excavated chamber above the average water level of the country Length of side of present platform on top of Great Pyra- mid (it is flat, except in so far as it has four or five large stones upon it, the remains of a once higher course of masonry), roughly 9,131.05 12,913.26 8,950. 25,827. 5,813.01 5,450. 7,391.55 8,687.87 7,015. 1,750. 2,580. 250. 400. = 365.242 = 516.5304 = 358. =1033.08 232.5204 218. 295.662 347.5148 280.6 70. 103.2 = 10. 16. Measurement and Quality of Material. The pavement in front, and around the base of the Great Pyramid is formed of stones 21 inches thick by 402 inches in breadth, their length is not known (as they extend under the Pyramid). A chasm or crack in both pavement and rock be- neath, near the North front, extends to the depth of about 570 inches. The whole building from very base to apex is not solid masonry; but as clearly shown by the N. East basal corner, and indicated more or less at a point or two in the wall, and the descending entrance passage, includes some portions of the live-rock of the hill. Such portion having been, however, trimmed rectangularly, and made to conform in height and level with the nearest true masonry course. The supposed complete mumber of masonry courses, including the original topmost corner- stone is 211; of which 202 are still in place, and a portion of 2 in fragment; and 7 courses are wanting entirely. These courses of squared and cemented blocks of stone in horizontal sheets, one above the other, form the mass of the building of the Great Pyramid; they vary in height from 19 to 79 inches, the first course be- ing the thickest, (viz: 79 inches roughly; and the courses are laid without any re- gard as to thickness; to illustrate: the first five courses (in rotation) are 79, 56, 48 40 and 40 inches in thickness, the 35th to the 39th courses run 24, 50, 41, 39 and 38; while the last five courses, that are still in position, are 22 each in thickness. Material used. The casing-stone material compact white lime-stone from the Mokattam Mountain quarries on the east side of the Nile, with a density =0.367 (earth's Mean density=l). General structure material of all the ruder part of the masonry nummulitic lime-stone of the Pyramid's own hill, with a density=0.412. The inside finishing stone of the King's and Queen's Chambers, the Coffer, the main entrance and the grand gallery, are numerous, the principal of which are Red Granite, Black Granite, Gray Granite, Black Marble, Thebaic Marble, Porphyry and Lime-stone; the granite of which, is supposed to have been brought from the quarries of Syene, 550 miles up the Nile, as there is none nearer, on the river. / Principal Measurements within the Great Pyramid. Entrance to Pyramid. This is. at present, only a hole, or doorway, or upper end of a hollow passage-way, inclining thence downwards and inwards. It is situated on the Northern flank of the Pyramid, in a very broken part of the masonry now, at a height above the ground, rudely and imperfectly considered, about=58S Pyr. ins. Distance of the centre of that doorway hole Eastward of center of the Pyramid's Northern flank, as between its E. and W. ends=58d4 ins. ; height of said doorway, transversely to length of passage way=47.S8-4 ins.; 160 THE GEEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH breadth of same=41.56 ins. Entrance Passage. Angle of descent of floor of the passage, Southward, is=jJB- sW; length downward and Southward to the junction of the first ascending passage iu&ide the buildings=O& ins.; thence to Caliph Al Maruoun's broken entrance-way=5J14 ins; thence by the game incline, to the Well's lower mouth =2,58:4 ins.; thence to the end of the inclined passage=;JOG ins.; thence in a horizontal direction to the North wall of the Subterranean Chamber 3*4 ins.; whole length of descending Entrance Passag3=4,4O4 ins.^Bore, in horizontal subterranean region, for heigut=3tt ins., and breadth=33 ins. Subterranean unfinished Chamber, length E. to W. 552 ins., breadth N. to S, 325 ins. Flat finished Ceiling, floor not yet cut out of the rock, and walls not full depth. Ascending .Passage, I (Lime-stone) starts in an upward and Southward direction, from a point on the 'descending entrance-passage, 988 inches inside the Pyramid; and the first 180 (inches of its length is still filled up with fast-jammed granite plugs. The whole (length, from the descending passage, up to the junction with, and entrance into the Grand Gallery is 1,542.4 inches. Angle of the floor's ascent, Southward= 26 8'. Height and breadth, the same as entrance passage, anciently ; now, in broken state, somewhat larger. &rand CJallery; (Lime-stone). Length of inclined floor line, from N. to South wall is=1882ins. Measured angle of ascent, Southwards=26 17'. Vertical height, at any one average point=339.5 inches. There are 36 overlappingsof thereof, and 7 of the walls; the ramps, are 21 inches in height by 20 in breadth. The floor between the ramps is 42 ins., and the breadth of Gallery above the ramps, is 82 ins. At the Southern end of Gallery, there is a great step, 36 ins. in vertical height, by 61 ins. on the flat top from N. to South. Length horizontally from G. G. to ante-chamber 52.5 ins. Upper exit, at top of Eastern wall at its Southern end, is 33 ins. in height by 20 in breadth, nearlyand roughly. Ante-Chamber ; (Lime-stone and Granite). Length, N. to S. 116.2S; breadth at top, E. to W. 63.2; and height, 149.3 ins. Eastern wain- scot, granite, 103.03 and Western wainscot, granite, 111.80 ins. in height. Granite (density=0.479, earth's density=l) begins to be employed in the course of the length of this room, and in the C^rauite-Leaf which crosses it, at various dis- tances, as 8 to 24 ins. from North wall, in floor, and side walls. Exit passage, hor- izontal, from ante-chamber, Southward to King's Chamber, in granite all the way; length 100.2 ins.; height at North end, 43.7, and South end 42.0 ins.; breadth 41.4 ins. There are 4 grooves on the South wall, that are each 107.4 ins. in length. King's Chamber (Granite) . Structure entirely in granite, form rectangular, length 412.132; breadth 206.066 ins.; height, floor to ceiling, 230.389: base of walls to ceiling, 235.350 inches. The walls are in 5 equal height courses, and composed of 100 blocks. Within the dark King's Chamber is a Coffer, and termed, accord- ing to various writers, stone box, granite chest, lidless vessel, porphyry vase, black marble sarcophagus and coffer. It is composed of a darkish variety of red, and possibly syenitic granite; now, much broken, and over one-third of which has been carried away. The following are the (supposed* ancient measurements, by Piazzi Smyth. Measures of the Coffer in Pyramid Inches. Length outside, from 89.92 to 89.62, corrected for concavity of sides ; breadth outside, 38.68 to 38.61; height outside. 41. 23 to 4113. Inside measures: length, 77.85; breadth, 26.70; depth, 34.31. Thickness of bottom, 6.91; thickness of sides, 6.98. Exterior cubic size=142.316; interior cubic contents 71.317, with a possible error of .159 of a cubic inch in the measurement ; if so, the exterior is just double the interior cubic contents. The cubic capacity of the King's Chamber, is just 50 times that of the Coffer; the floor of which stands upon the 50th course of masonry of the whole building, and 1.686 inches vertical above the pavement, upon which the Pyramid stands. In addition to the above, regarding the King's Chamber, it is shut out from the light of day by walls nearly 180 feet in thickness, with a tern, perature almost unvarying the year round; as a depository of weights and meas- ures, it is the best on the face of theearth. Queen's Chamber, (Lime-stone). Length of the horizontal passage, to the Queen's Chamber, from the North end of the Grand Gallery, Southward, to the beginning of low part of the passage under G. G. floor=217.8ins., thence to low portion of floor=l, 085.5 ins., thence to North wall of Queen's Chamber=216.1 ins. Average height of longest part=46.34; of Southern deep part=C7.5; and breadth 41.15 inches. Length of Queen's Chamber, from E. to W.=226.7; breadth. N. to S.=20.>.8; height of ceiling at N. and S. walls = 182.4; height in centre of gable ridge of ceiling=244.4 ins. Height of Grand Niche in the East wall=183.0; breadth, greatest, below=61.30 inches; it contains 4 overlaps, varying in breadth from 19.50 at the 4th to 52.25 inches at the first ; and is removed Southward from the central vertical line of the wall just one Pyr. cubit, or 25 Pyr. inches. The Well : (Lime-stone) , enters near Northwest cor. ner of Grand Gallery, the shaft is square bore, length of side of bore 28 inchrs. Vertical depth to grotto in the rock, under masonry of Pyramid=702; thence verti- cal, with some horizontal distance, to lower part of entrance passage near Subter- ranean Chamber=l,596. inches. THE ONLY EEAL PYRAMID 161 (Sec. 10.) Among the Jeezeh Pyramids, there is one that transcends in intellectual value all the rest; one that has been involuntarily by all the world named for ages past the "Great Pyramid"; and which stands out the more it is examined into, distinct and distinguished from all the rest by its particular size, and wonderful internal structure, superior age, and more frequent historical notice by men of various nations. The greatest of the "seven wonders of the world" in the days of the Greeks, and the only one of them all, which is still in existence on the surface of the earth. We quote from "Our Inheritance in The Great Pyra- mid," by Piazzi Smyth. "But as we approach, ascending the stream of ancient time, in any careful chronological survey of pyramidal structures, to the "Great Pyramid," Egyptian emblems are gradually left behind; and in and throughout, that mighty builded mass, which all history and all tradition, both ancient and modern, agree in repre- senting as first in point of date of the whole Jeezeh, and even the whole Egyptian group, the earliest stone building also positively known to have been erected in any country, we find in all its finished parts not a vestige of heathenism nor the smallest indulgence in anything approaching to idolatry; nor even the most distant allusion to Sabianism, and its elemental worship of sun, or moon, or any of the starry host." In certain unfinished, internal portions of the construc- tive masonry of the Great Pyramid broken into by Col. Howard Vyse in 1837, there are some (said to be rude Egyptian markings] daubs of red paint, evidently numbers for temporary mechanical purposes only; which, if under- stood, might give a key to the language of the race of people that preceded our race ; it is not Egyptain. (Further on we will quote from the "Source of Measures" by Skinner, to show that the origin of language was number). We also except, as a matter of course, any inscriptions inflicted on the same pyramid by modern travelers, even though they have attempted, like the Prussian savants of 11 162 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH 1843 A. D., to cut their names in their own happily shallow ideas of the ancient hieroglyphics of the old, thorough- paced, Egyptian idolaters elsewhere. But with these simple exceptions we can most positively say, that both ex- terior, and interior are absolutely free from all engraved or sculptured work, as well as from everything relating to any known form of idolatry or erring man's theotechnic devices. From all those hieratic emblems, therefore, which from first to last have utterly overlaid every Eygptian temple proper, as well as all Egypt's obelisks, sphinxes, statues, tombs, and whatever other monuments they, the Egyptians, did build up at any certain historical and Pharaonic epoch in connec- tion with their peculiar belief." Was the Great Pyramid, then, erected before the invention of hieroglyphics, and previous to the birth of the different Egyptian religions? It most certainly was. To quote and comment on the thousand and one publications that have been published from time to time on this great structure, would require hundreds of pages, and months of time, to combat the absurd theories that are extant. But the following extract from Col. Howard Vyse's "Pyramids of Gizeh, "published in London in 1840, will not be out of place here. Both he and Piazzi Smyth concluded as self-evident, that the early Egyptians did build the great pyramid (with the aid of a Deific Architect) because of the red paint marks being in some kind of an (or supposed) Egyptian language. There is no Egyptian tongue, in hieroglyphics or otherwise yet discovered, but what has been interpreted; (this in red paint has not). "This very important conclusion results from the quarry marks of the workmen being found in red paint on concealed parts of the stones and in interior places of the structural mass of masonry never intended to be seen. The marks arc superficial and rude in the extreme, but are evidently in the Egyptian hincnairc or manner freely handled; and in so far prove that they were put in by Egyptians, and of the age or under the reign of that Kgyptian king variously called Bhofo, Khufu and Cheops. They are excessively rough, no doubt, but quite suficient for their alleged purpose, viz., checks for workmen, whereby to recognize a stone duly prepared according to orders at the quarry, miles away and to see it properly placed in its intended position in the building. Still further, that these marks were not meant as ornaments in the structure, or put on after th stones were built into it, isaboun- dantly evidenced by some of them being upside down, and some having been partly pared away in ad just ing the block into its posit ion :and, finally, by the learned Dr. Birch's interpretation of a number of the marks, which seem from thence to be mostly short dates, and directions to the workmen as to which stones were for the THE ONLY REAL PYRAMID 163 south, and which for the north, wall. These marks, moreover, have only been dis- covered in those dark holes or hollows, the so-called 'chambers,' but much rather 'hollows of construction' broken into by Col. Howard Vyse above the 'King's Cham- ber' of the Great Pyramid. There, also, you see other traces of the steps of mere practical work, such as the 'bat-holes' in the stones, by which the heavy blocks were doubtless lifted to their places, and everything is left perfectly rough. Nor was there the least occasion for finishing it up, rubbing out the marks, or polishing off the holes, for these void spaces were sealed up, or have been built up outside in solid masonry (excepting only the lowest one, known for a century as 'Davidson's Cham- ber,' and having its own small passage of approach from the southeast corner of the Grand Gallery) and were never intended to be used as chambers for *human visitation or living purposes. In all the other chambers and passages, on the con- trary, intended to be visited, and approached by admirably constructed white stone passages, the masonry was finished off with the skill and polish almost of a jeweler and in them neither quarry marks nor 'bat holes' nor painted marks, nor hierogly- phics of any sort or kind are to be seen ; excepting always those modern hierogylphics which Dr. Lepsius put up over the entrance into the Great Pyramid 'on a space of five feet in breadth by four feet in height.' in praise of the then sovereign o_f Prussia and which recently (1870) misled a learned Chinese envoy, by name Pin-chi-un, into most absurdly claiming a connection between the Great Pyramid and the early monuments of his own country." * How should he know? He had never taken a degree in any secret order in his life, up to that period. THE AUTHOR. Piazzi Smyth's 4th edition (in 1880) reads: "The numerous <7wcm'-copies, for sepulchral purposes, of the Great Pyramid, which are now, in the shape of other pyramids, to be observed further south, along that western side of Egypt; always betraying, though, on close examina- tion the most profound ignorance of their noble model's chiefest internal features, as well as of all its niceties of angle and cosmic harmonies of linear measurement. And such mere failures, as those later tonibic pyramids, and never found, even then, at any very great number of miles away from the sight, nor any great number of years behind the date, of the colossal parent work on Jeezeh hill. The ostensible architectural idea, indeed, of that one grand primeval monument, though expensively copied during a few centuries, yet never wholly or permanently took the fancy of the ancient Egyptians. It had, or rather simulated before them to have, some one or two suitabilities to their favorite employment of lasting sepulchure, and its accom- panying rites; so they tried what they knew of it, for such purpose. But they soon found that it did not admit of their troops of priests, nor the easy introduction of their unwieldy 'sacred' animals. Nor bulls, nor croco- diles, nor the multitude of object worshippers, could enter a pyramid with the facility of their own temples; and so, on the whole, mature Egypt preferred them. Those 164 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH accordingly more open and columned, as well as symboli- cally sculptured and multitudinously inscribed structures, of their own entire elaboration, are the only ones which we now find to have held, from their first invention, an uninterrupted reign through all the course of ancient and mediaeval Egyptian history, or that period when Egypt was most rich, most powerful, most wicked; and to reflect themselves continuously in the placid, natural Nile, from one end of the long-drawn Hamitic land to the other. They, therefore, those Karnac and Philoe temples, with all their sins of idolatry on their heads, are architecturally, Egypt. Thebes, too, with its hundred adorned Pylon temple gates, and statues, and basso-relievos, and incised outlines of false gods, must be confessed to be intensely Egypt. But the Great Pyramid is, in its origin and nature something pure and perfectly different. Under whose direction then, and for what purpose, was the Great Pyramid built; whence did so foreign, and really untasteful, an idea to Egypt come; who was the mysterious carrier of it to that land; and under what sort of special compulsion was it that, in his day, to his command though he was not their king, the Egyptians, King and people all alike, labored for years in a cause which they appreciated not ; and gave, in that primeval age of generally sparse, and pastoral population only, their unrivalled me- chanical skill and compacted numerical strength for an end which they did not at the time understand, and which they never even came to understand, much less to like, in all their subsequent national ages ? This has been indeed a mystery of mysteries, but may yet prove fruitful in the present advancing age of knowledge of all kinds to inquire into further; for though theories without number have been tried and failed in by ancient Greeks and mediaeval Arabians, by French, English, Ger- mans, and Americans, their failures partly pave, and render so much the safer, for us the road by which we must set out. Pave it poorly, perhaps, or not very far; for their whole THE ONLY EEAL PYEAMID 165 result has, up to the present time, been little more than this, that the authors of those attempts are either found to be repeating idle tales, told them by those who knew no more about the subject than themselves ; or skipping all the really crucial points of application for their theories which they should have attended to ; or finally, like some of the best and ablest men who have given themselves to the question, fairly admitting that they were entirely beaten. Hence the exclusive notion of temples the sun and moon, or for sacred fire, or holy water, or burial places, and nothing but burial places of kings, or granaries for Joseph, or astronomical observatories, or defenses to Egypt against being invaded by the sands of the African desert, or places of resort for mankind in a second deluge, or of safety when the heavens should fall, have been for a long time past proved untenable ; and the Great Pyramid stands out now, far more clearly than it did in the time of Herodotus (no less than 2,440 years ago), as both a prehistoric monument, and yet, rivaling some of the best things of modern times, not only in practical execution and workmanship, but in its eminent- ly grand design and pure conception ; or in forming a testi- mony which, though in Egypt, is yet not at all of, nor according to, historical Egypt, and whose true and full ex- planation must be still to come." Piazzi Smyth was not the first writer on Egyptology and pyramidal building to suggest the interposition of God in the construction of the Great Pyramid by Deifying its Architect; that credit (if any) is due to Mr. John Taylor, of London, who in his work entitled "The Great Pyramid: Why Was It Built and Who Built It?" published in 1859, gave the first publicity to that theory. It would take at least a dozen pages of this work to even epitomize his theory ; he was not only a devoted student regarding all that was said or written on the subject of the pyramids, but a devout and over-zealous Christian ; he looked upon all the ancient Egyptians (or what he termed ancient, within the last 5,000 years) as a race of idolaters, and as such, totally unfit 166 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH to erect a structure that would harmonize with anything as great and good, as he had traced in the construction of the"Great Pyramid." His carefull investigation of the differ- ent theories (and they were "legion") placed him in the front rank to suggest something new. As nearly every theory under the sun had already been suggested (in a secular way) he saw nothing left but a miracle to harmonize its different parts, so, interposing the mathematics of the Scriptures, regarding time (past and future dates), height, dip, angle, weight and measure, and from the squaring of the circle, to the distance to the sun ; he had also the second coming of the Saviour fixed for the year 1881. Also, the harmonious measurement of the Garden of Eden, Noah's Ark, King Solomon's Temple, etc. Piazzi Smyth came on the scene before the demise of Mr. Taylor, who died July 5, 1864; they had many pleasant audiences, and the Royal Scottish Astronomer (Smyth) was thoroughly converted over to the theories of Mr. Taylor, and he kept the world interested, and guessing for nearly twenty years more. He lived, however, to see the year 1881 pass, without the second visitation of the Saviour. During his life he spent over six months at the Pyramid Jeezeh and vicinity, in scientifically measuring the same; we firmly believe that his final comparisons of his own (previous) measures, and all the engineers, astronomers, and mathematicians that preceded him are more nearly correct than any other yet published. His "Life and Work" published in three volumes, about the year 1869, and his last work "Our Inheritance in the Great Pyramid," which reached its 4th edition in the year 1880, show great painstaking, and a desire to be correct (in his measurements at least), in all that he gave publicity to in his different issues. While we do not agree with him, in any particular, regarding his theory of the building of the great structure, or the date of its erection, and who its builders were, we shall quote his last verified measurements, believing that a just criticism will acquiesce in his conclusions. GEOMETRICAL PROPORTIONS OF THE OUTER SURFACES OF THE GREAT PYRAMID. (Sec. n.) The first discovered mathematical propor- tions, with regard to the Great Pyramid's shape, was by Mr. John Taylor. That is, as derived from modern measures and calculations, which is that the Great Pyra- mid's height, in the original condition of the monument, when each one of its four sloping triangular sides was made into a perfect plane by means of the polished outer sloping surface of the bevelled casing stones, and when those sides, being continued up to their mutual intersections, terminated at, and formed the summit in, a point, that its central, vertical height then was, to twice the breadth of its square base, as nearly as can be expressed by good monumental work, as the diameter to the circumference of a circle. Or that the vertical height of that Pyramid was to the length of one side of its base, when multiplied by 2, as the diameter to the circumference of a circle; i. e. as 1:3.14159 etc. Or as shown later by Mr. St. John Day, the area of the Great Pyramid's right section (i. e. a vertical, central section parallel to one of the sides of the horizontal base) is to the area of the base, as i to the same 3.14159 etc. Or as the same fact admits again of being differently expressed, the vertical height of the Great Pyramid is the radius of a theoretical circle, the length of whose curved circumference is equal to the sum of the lengths of the four straight sides of the actual and practical square base of the building. Which is neither more nor less than that cele- brated practical problem of the modern ages, of "the squar- ing of the circle"; and the thing was thus practically done, at the Great Pyramid, thousands of years before the mediaeval days of our forefathers. And we venture the opinion, that if we had the ability to measure the outer surfaces of that great "first wonder of the world" with exactness, that are stated above, that such measurement would be found to exactly square the circle without any remainder. (See index for squaring of the circle in another portion of this work.) 168 THE fJREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH For it was so accomplished by the architect who ; PIAZZI SMYTH, noted astronomer, from 1867 to 1880. The Great Pyramid, at this writing, inspected extern- ally, is a rough, huge mass, about 454 feet (English) high; the angle stones having been carried away, it looks like (from its four sides) so many steps. On close examination, these steps are represented by the different layers of stone, varying in height from 21 to 59 inches. As all the material above the 202 layer of stone has (like the original casing stones) been carried away, the top, with some irregularities, represents a floor of about 32x32 feet square. The whole structure is regularly and masterly built of worked and cemented limestone blocks, in horizontal sheets, or courses of masonry. (To what extent these sheets of masonry are absolutely continuous throughout the mass can never be known unless the whole structure is taken to pieces. Each stratum, however, records itself similarly on each of the four sides, excepting only the small interruption of a por- tion of rock at the northeast corner, and also a small hole filled with rubble work which is reported by Dr. J. A. S. Grant, as located about a third of the way up one of the sides.) The flattened top gives the pyramid at a distance an abnormally blunted-looking summit mediaeval dilapi- dations and forcible removal of the Pyramid's once polished white stone casing, with its outer surface bevelled smoothly to the general slope, (see plate) which has stood at least 30,000 years, and had in its day given to the structure al- most mathematical truth and perfection. This state of 171 things was that described by Greek, Roman, and early Arabian writers; and it existed until the Caliphs of Egypt, about the year 1,000 A. D., began methodically to strip off the polished and bevelled casing stone blocks; they built two bridges to convey them more easily to the river, after chipping off the prismoidal angles and edges; and then employed them in building mosques and palaces; for the lining of the great "Joseph" well, and for other public structures which still adorn their favorite city, El Kahireh, or the victorious the Cairo of vulgar English. (During the year 1879, Dr. J. A. S. Grant and Mr. Waynman Dixon visited the celebrated Mosque of Sooltan Hassan, in Cairo, to see if any of the component blocks forming its walls could be identified as having belonged to the Great Pyramid ; they found them to be undoubtedly of the same Mokattam stone, but too well squared to retain any of the outside bevelled surface. The inquiry was, however, put a rude stop to, by the Mohammedan janitors, before it had reached some of the more likely places near the top of the mosque, wherein to meet with an accidentally or carelessly left oblique surface of the other far older building. The original, and not the present size and shape, is what we require and must have for testing Mr. John Tay- lor's measurements; and for approximating, by whatever degree of exactitude may be reached, to whether it was accident or intention which decided the shape of the Great Pyramid; and he has well pointed out that no one had any pretence to have obtained the old base side length until the French academicians, in 1799, cleared away the hills of sand and debris at the northeast and northwest corners, and reached beneath them the levelled surface of the living rock itself on which the Pyramid was originally founded. There, discovering two rectangular hollows carefully and truly cut into the rock, as if for 'sockets' for the basal corner stones, the said academicians measured the distance between those sockets with much geodesic accuracy, and found it to be equal to 763.62 English feet. The same 172 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH distance being measured thirty-seven years afterwards by Colonel Howard Vyse, guided by another equally sure direction of the original building, as 764.0 English feet the mean of which, or 763.81 feet, is close enough for a first approximation to the ancient base-breadth. But the ancient height of the Great Pyramid, which we also need to have for instituting the calculation, is not at all easy to measure directly with any sufficient approach to exactness; chiefly because so very much of the original top has actually been knocked away during the middle ages so as to leave a platform described by the Arabs as "large enough for eleven camels to lie down," several feet there- fore beneath the apex, where once the four sloping sides, or external flanks, of the building were continued up to, and terminated in, a sharp point. Colonel Howard Vyse's providential rinding of two of the ancient "casing-stones" in their original situation, with their sloping faces, at the foot of the Pyramid, was the keystone to John Taylor's first efforts in obtaining the ancient height of this great structure, for they enabled the problem to be attacked in a different manner, and without any dependence on the missing por- tion at the top; or by angular, as contrasted to, but after- wards made to furnish an idea of, linear, measure. For iuch angle can give forth by computation a complete verticle height, to be used with the already obtained, by measure, complete base-breadth. (Sec. 12.) OBJECTORS TO THE MEASURE- MENTS AND CONDITION OF THE GREAT PYRA- MID, loom up, and assert their opinions in all parts of the earth; some of them filling the highest positions in their several countries. Two prominent members of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, in 1867, after listening to a lecture on the exterior of the Pyramid, remarked: First objector, an engineer, said "that he had twice passed through Egypt, been to the Pyramids, saw no symptoms of casing stones, and therefore would not believe in anything about them;" Second objector, an Indian naval officer, had also OBJECTORS TO MEASUREMENTS ANSWERED 173 been to the Pyramids on a visit, and "found such heaps of rubbish about the great one, that he could not see how any man could measure even its base side length with any degree of correctness, much less the angle of casing stones which he also could not see." Both speeches, although uttered by men of rank, are only too faithful examples of the small extent of information on which many persons of commanding social rank, will even yet persist in speaking most authoritatively on both the present and past state of the Great Pyramid. The engineer above referred to, questioning the existence of the casing stones, should at least have read the accounts of Herodotus, Strabo, Pliny, and many of the early Arabian authors too, who described what they saw with their own eyes, when the casing was still complete, eminently smooth, and by all men, who had seen them, called beautiful. Next he should have taken up Colonel Howard Vyse's book, describing in detail how he succeeded, after immense labor with hundreds of workmen, in digging down to, rinding, and measuring probably the last two of the northern side's bevelled blocks ; (still were they in their original situation, and adhering closely by their original cement to the pavement base of the btiilding) and then how he failed, though he covered them up again with a mound of rubbish, pending an application to the English Government to remove them to the British Museum how he failed to save them from the hammers of Mohammedan prowlers by night; deadly jealous as they were of Christians obtaining anything really valuable from the country they ruled over. Besides which, the large amount of casing stones, bevelled externally to the slope, still existing upon other pyramids, as on the two large ones of Dashoor; the well preserved ones of second Jeezeh Pyramid, conspicuous near its summit, and on a bright day "shining resplendently afar," as says M. Jomard; and the granite ones of the third pyramid, so excessively hard that modern workmen have not cared to have much to do with them all this, which has long been known, should 174 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH effect much in convincing unwilling minds as to what was the original state of the outside of the Great Pyramid, previous to the year 840 A. D. About forty years ago a similar case of spoilation was perpetrated, on the south stone pyramid of Dashoor, by Defterdar Mohammed Bey in order to procure blocks of ready cut stones of extra white- ness wherewith to build himself a palace near Cairo. The foregoing historic recorded facts should have convinced Objector No. One, as far back as the year 1864. Replying to (the Indian Naval Officer) Objector No. Two, about the possibility of other men succeeding in measuring what would have puzzled him as he looked idly, and never held a measuring rod of any kind in his hand, should have read the whole account of the active and hard working French Academicians in Egypt ; of which the following from "Antiquities, Description," Vol. II., is worthy of being more generally known than it seems to be : W2.,that after digging down through the rubbish heaped up about the lower part of the Pyramid, "They recognized perfectly the esplanade upon which the Great Pyramid had been originally established; and discovered happily, at the northeast angle, a large hollow socket (encastrement) worked in the rock, cut rectangularly and uninjured, where the cornerstone (of that one basal angle) had been placed ; it is an irregular square, which is 9 feet 10 inches broad English measure, in one direction, and n feet 5.8 inches in another, and 7.9 inches deep" all over its floor (measures since then were tested by Piazzi Smyth, but only after several days spent in digging and clearing the locality over again by a civil engineer with a party of Arabs). The French savants made the "same research at the northwest angle, and there also discovered a hollow socket (encastre- nicnt} similar to the former; the two were on the same level. It was between the two exterior points of these hollows and with much care and precaution, that they measured the base side length. They found it 763.62 English feet." The 'encastrement' so brought to light in the basal rock CASING STONES FOUND 175 at the northwest angle, is duly figured in the plan amongst the large French plates; and since verified by Piazzi Smyth, has the inner corner curiously pared away, evidently in- dicating the well-shaped rectangular outer corner to be its true starting point for measure; and because, also, it was originally the terminal point of the Pyramid's material at that lower angle or foot. From the outer corner of the northeast to the outer corner of the northwest 'encastre- ments' of their happy discovery it therefore was, that the skillful French surveyors extended their measuring bars, and with the result given above. They also triangulated the ground round about, and from thence measured the altitude of the present depressed and flat topped summit of the Great Pyramid with an accuracy which would have been quite enough for any ordinary remnant of archaeological structure. The Great Pyramid, however, has to undergo severer tests; as there has been no ancient trustworthy mark at the apex of this building since about the year 1,000 A. D. to enable savants to supply the exact quantity of the now missing portion of the original summit, we have, after all, for re- storing that, to return to the angular inclined plane of the two original casing stones below, so happily uncovered by Colonel Howard Vyse in 1837, and proved by him to have been the very beginning of the northern upward sloping side of the building. THE CASING STONES found by Howard Vyse, were of extreme value. These angular relics were of the original number of the casing stones, and actually in situ and un- disturbed, and therefore showing what was once the real outside of the Great Pyramid, viz., smooth, polkhed, dense, white limestone, almost like marble, in a sloping plane; not because they exhibited such matchless workmanship, more correct and true than the work of a modern optical instru- ment maker, but performed in this instance on blocks of a height of nearly 5 feet, a breadth of 8 feet, and a length, perhaps, of 12 feet; with the finest of joints, said to be no thicker, even including a film of white cement, than "silver- 176 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH paper." The angle of the bevelled or inclined outer surface, measured very carefully by Mr. Brettel, a civil engineer, for the Colonel, came out 51 50'; and being computed from linear measures of the sides, made for him by another en- gineer, came out 51 52' 15 . 5". The results are not identi- cal, and might have been made better, with more care at the time; but yet extremely close with one another, as compared with the French angular determination (before there was anything on which to determine accurately, other than the present ruined and dilapidated sides of the edifice) of 51 19' 4"', or of previous modern observers, who are actually found anywhere, between 40 and 60. JOHN TAYLOR'S THEORY IS SUPPORTED BY HOWARD VYSE'S CASING STONE ANGLE. Taking everything into fair consideration, the ancient angle of the Great Pyramid's slope may be considered to be somewhere between the two measured quantities of 51 50' and 51 52' 15.5"; there are many other reasons for believing that it must have been 5 1 5 1' and some seconds. How many mere seconds, modern mathematicians are not competent to decide; and a second of space is an exceedingly small quantity even in the most refined astronomical observa- tions. If we assume for the time 14.3" and employ the whole angle, viz., 51 51' 14.3", with the base-side as al- ready given from linear measure = 7 63 .81 feet (English), to compute the original height quantity which we have been aiming at so long, we have for that element 486 .2567 (feet) of the same linear units. And from the values for the ancient height and base-breadth, computing the propor- tion of diameter to circumference, there appears 486 . 2567 : 763.81 x 2::i 13 . 14159, etc. (John Taylor's figures for the vertical height and the base-breadth of the Great Pyra- mid were 486.764 feet; evidently the nearest possible approximation by whole feet. Further, we should men- tion that the height of the Great Pyramid, trigonometri- cally measured by the French scientists, is perfectly agree- able to the above computed result; for when it is increased JOHN TAYLOR'S THEOEY CONFIEMED 177 by something more than 30 feet, to allow for the evidently missing portion at the summit, it amounts to the same thing.) This result so far shows, that the Great Pyramid does represent as closely as the very best modern measures can be trusted, the true value of pi; a quantity which men in general, and all human science too, did not begin to trouble themselves about until long, long ages; languages, and nations had passed away after the building up of the Great Pyramid; and after the sealing up too, of that grand primeval and prehistoric monument, of an age, which no one living today, can (exactly) determine. CONFIRMATION OF JOHN TAYLOR'S THEORY BY PIAZZI SMYTH. From the 4th edition of "Our Inheritance in the Great Pyramid:" "Hence the first stage of our trial terminates itself with as eminent a con- firmation as the case can possibly admit of, touching the truth of John Taylor's theory, proposition, or statement; and now begins the second stage, wherein I can add the absolute weight of direct personal examination, as well as of practical researches carried on at the place by myself for a longer time and with better measuring instruments than any of my predecessors had at their command. I was not, indeed, so fortunate as Colonel Howard Vyce in finding anything like such large, entire, unmoved, and well pre- served casing stones as he did; but was enabled to prove that the enormous rubbish mounds now formed on each of the four sides of the Pyramid consist mainly of innumer- able fragments of the old casing stones, distinguishable both by the superior quality of their component stone and their prepared angle of slope always conformable, within very narrow limits, to Colonel Howard Vyse's determina- tion. And a number of there almost 'vocal' fragments were deposited by me, on my return, in the museum of the Royal Society, Edinburgh. "Also, by careful measures of the angle of the whole Pyramid along all four of its corner or arris lines from top to bottom, observed with a powerful astronomical 12 178 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH circle and telescope, as more particularly described in my larger book, in 1865, the same result came out. For that corner angle so measured (see Plate) was found to be 41 59' 45" nearly; and that gives by computation (accord- ing to the necessary innate relations of the parts of a square- based pyramid) for the side slope of this 'Great' one, 5 1 5 1' and some seconds ; or without any doubt the representative of the angle Colonel Howard Vyse did observe on the side directly; and the one which, if it is there, necessarily makes the Great Pyramid, in and by its whole figure, express the value of that most scientific desideratum, -pi. "Nor has the proving of the matter stopped with me. For other explorers have now been induced to search the rubbish mounds about the Pyramid, and have seldom left without carrying off some fragment, wherein two evidently anciently worked sides met, not at a right angle, but at the angle of either 51 51' or 128 9', nearly ; one being the angle at the foot, the other at the head, of every casing stone of a pi pyramid, if built as the Great Pyramid is, but some other Pyramids are not, in accurately horizontal courses of masonry. "I learn, too, from an American book of travel, that my former Arab assistant in measuring the Great Pyramid, Alee Dobree by name, and who was very quick in seizing the idea of angle expressed in numerical amount when I first explained it to him in 1865 that he is now driving quite a trade, almost exclusively, with the travelers who visit the Monument, by selling them 'casing stone fragments with the angle'; which fragments he is able, by the gift of a sharp and appreciative eye, to pick out of the very same hills of rubbish they walk carelessly over. "Yet even all his feats in that way have been far trans- cended by my friend, Mr. Waynman Dixon, C. E., who, taking advantage of an extensive cutting into the Great Pyramid rubbish mounds by the Egyptian Government merely for material wherewith to make the road by which the Empress of Fraace visited the Monument in 1869, CASING STONES 179 discovered almost a whole casing stone. Not a very large, one, indeed, and a loose block only, but with portions more or less of all six original worked sides ; or a completer example than is known at the present moment to exist anywhere else all the world over. This most unique speci- men, Mr. Waynman Dixon graciously sent from Egypt as a present to me, and I have deposited it under a glass case in the official residence of the Astronomer-Royal for Scot- land, where it has been closely measured, and its ascending angle found to be certainly between 51 53' 15" and 51 49' S5"' or as close as could be expected, from the block's size and fractured condition, to be that typical 51 51' 14" about which all the fragments of the Great Pyramid are found to collect. But none of the fragments of the other pyramids of Egypt do so. Their casing stones were some- times worked with equal hand skill, so as to preserve one particular angle very closely over the whole surface of a large building, but it is always a wrong angle. The ability of head was wanting there, and meaningless angles of 43, 50, 57, 63, and even 73 occupied, and wasted the time of their workmen, if a mathematical demonstration and not a mere architectural adornment, was really their object. Closer up in the very neighborhood of the Great Pyramid, as on the hill of Jeezeh itself, some of the sub- sequent smaller imitation pyramids could hardly fail to be nearer their original, and were in fact, within half, or three-quarters of a degree of its particular angle. But they are constant all over their surfaces, and on every side at that deviation; and that so very large a one, as to throw their numerical value of pi into utter error; and leave the Great Pyramid the sole example throughout all Egypt of any building whatever, giving, by its whole proportions, or entire geometry, and within the closest limits of the best modern measures of it, the one, and only true practical expression for pi which modern science admits." 180 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH STANDARD OF LENGTH EMPLOYED IN LAYING OUT THE GREAT PYRAMID. (Sec. 13.) Conceding the results arrived at by the most noted savants of the past, regarding the standard of length used in the architectural construction of the Great Pyramid, viz., the "pyramid cubit of 25 inches" equal to 25.001 inches English; and that the said measure expresses exact pi in the different triangulations and measurements of that structure; and further, that the 12 inch rule, or foot measure, does not so express itself, we will proceed to the array of proofs that they jointly employ. Recomputing Mr. Taylor's circumferential analogy of that most notable of buildings, after his own manner, by linear vertical height and linear horizontal base-breadth, the quantities named on a previous page, were expressed in English feet, viz., verticle height 486. 2567 feet, and length of one side of base, 763.81 feet; but it is not therefore intended to imply that they, or indeed any foot measures, were employed by the ancient builders. Certainly the length, want of meaning, and inconvenience of the fractions obliged to be introduced (by us) in order to represent the (closest approximate), or pi, proportion of the one pyramid element to the other, in these particular, absolute, linear terms, tend to forbid the idea: (We, nevertheless, believe that architect and builders of the Great Pyramid knew the exact proportion, or the ratio of the diameter to the cir- cumference of a circle without any decimal. One of the proofs offered for this is: that no two mathematicians or engineers, in our day and age, obtain exactly the same re- sults in the measure of any part of this "First Great "Wonder of the World.") As a foot measure was not likely, and the Egyptian cubit whose length was close to 20.7 English inches, gave similarly inconvenient fractions, what sort of standard of linear measure ivas likely to have been em- ployed at the building, or rather by the actual builder and architect of the whole design of the Great Pyramid ? PI MEASURE VALUES 181 WHAT STANDARD WOULD SUIT PI ON THE SCALE OF THE GREAT PYRAMID? Our first step of inquiry will be, to see if an equally exact proportion between linear height and twice base- breadth, to what our long fractions of feet gave, cannot be obtained from some simpler numbers. Take for instance 116.5 : 366.0. These do not give the value of pi exactly (and as far as we know) no simple numbers can, when the proportion itself (is considered, and) belongs to the in- commensurables ; but it is an astonishingly close approach and an admirable clearing away of fractional troubles in all approximate work, for such plain and small numbers to make; and the exceedingly trifling fraction (either 116.- 5014 1366.0000, or 116.5000 -'365.9956, would be closer, but not so convenient in multiplication and division) and by which the one should be increased and the other de- creased, does not, in the existing state of our pyramidal knowledge thus far, make much practical difference upon most of the questions which we shall have presently to take up. Are there, however, any other reasons that such of mere arithmetical convenience, why we should attach much significance, in the design of the Great Pyramid, to these particular numbers? There are some reasons of really grand suggestions. In the first place, 366, which repre- sents here (for our arbitrary diameter of a circle 116.5) the pi circumferential analogy of that circle, is also the nearest even number of days in a year; or more precisely, of mean solar days in a mean tropical solar year (of the earth) ; or again, of day-steps in the circle of the earth's year, which year is the most important of all circles to the physi- cal life of man. We now know, by modern science, that the exact number of these day-steps in such terrestrial year is, at this present time in the history of man upon the earth 365. 2422 + an almost endless fraction of unascertained length. So that the proportion of the day to the year is in a. manner another incommensurable; in practice, though not in theory, as interminable as pi itself; and yet for the 182 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH ordinary purposes of life, all civilized nations now use 365 even; except in leap year, when they do, evenly also, make their year to consist of 366 days. In the second place, it may be stated that the portion of the Pyramid employed as the chief datum of linear measure in the problem under discussion, viz., the length of each side of its square base as determined by the 'socket' measurements, both of the French savants and Colonel Howard Vyse, when it comes to be divided into 366 parts seems to. give each of them a length approaching to one round and even ten-millionth of the earth's semi-axis of rotation, or nearly 25 English inches. Equivalent, there- fore, if further and independent confirmation shall be ob- tained, to the architect having laid out the size of the Great Pyramid's base with a measuring rod 25 inches long, sym- bolical in modeiii science of the earth's diurnal rotation on its axis, in his. hand and in his head, the number of days and parts of a day so produced in a year of the earth's revolution round the sun; coupled with the intellectual and instructive intention to represent that number of days in terms of that rod, on each base side of the building. A DAY AND YEAR STANDARD INDICATED WITH REMARKABLE AND HARMONIOUS EARTH COMMENSURABILITY Piazzi Smyth says: "Now this is a feature, in all sober truth, if that quantity of length was really used intentionally as a standard of measure of the most extraordinary importance; for it is only since Newton's time that men knew anything exact about, or have attributed anything peculiar in its size to, the earth's axis of rotation as different from any other diameter thereof. It is therefore, to man evidently a result of modern, very modern science alone; and every modern civilized nation has, during the nineteenth century, been obliged to per- form gigantic trigonometrical operations and "degree measurings," in order to arrive at any approach to accurate knowledge of the true length of that Polar earth-line, or rotation axis of the earth ; and they are still pursuing the DAY AND YEAR STANDARD inquiry with most extensive establishments of well trained surveyors and scientific calculators. Their best results hitherto oscillate generally about 500,500,000 English inches within very narrow limits, though some of the results, from unavoidable errors of even the most advanced modern scientific mensurations, are as great as 500,560,000, and others as small as 500,378,000. Such then is the range of uncertainty in which England, France, Germany, America, and Russia are placed at this moment with regard to the size of the world they live on. And yet they are immensely closer in accord, and nearer to the truth, than they were only fifty years ago; while 1,000, 2,000, or 3,000 years since, even the most scientific of men knew nothing but what was childish about the size of that earth-ball or; which it had pleased God to place His last and most wondrous act of creation Man to dwell, and play his part, for, who knows, how short a season. "It is possible, then, that at a much earlier date still than 3,000 years ago, or on the primeval occasion of the founding of the Great Pyramid in 2,170 B. C. (which date we consider an impossibility, owing to the lack of intelli- gence at that period; 27,970 B. C. would come nearer) the author of the design of that building could have known both the size, shape and motions of the earth exactly, and have intentionally chosen the unique diameter of its axis of rotation as a physically significant reference for the stan- dard of measure to be employed in that building ? Human- ly, or by human science finding it out then, and in that age, o.f course was utterly impossible. But if the thing was inserted there in grandly monumental fact -too grand, too often repeated arid too methodic to be owing to accident there was something of supernatural in its origination. And if traces of the supernatural in goodness and truth are attributable only to God and to his Divine inspiration, then this most ancient, yet still existing monumentalization of superhuman contemporary cosmical knov/ledge of that time must be one of the most remarkable facts that occurred at 184 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH the beginning of the post-diluvial career of man, outside of Scripture history; and stands next in importance to Scripture itself for all intellectual and religious mankind to inquire into, as to how, and foe what end, it was allowed or aided by the Almighty both to take place, and in a manner which has enabled it to last down to these days." The above quotation from Piazzi Smyth's 4th edition of "Our Inheritance in the Great Pyramid" is significant of the man; his religious fever knew no bounds, so much so, that everything he found or discovered in science, not immediately explainable, he attributed to Deity. I am sorry that he is not now in the body to defend his pet theory. As he has passed to the beyond, let me address his friends and followers, (and they are legion), viz., if a special Dispensation has protected this great stone edifice for (even as he suggests 4,000 years) all the time that the present race has been making history, then why should not that same Divine influence have been extended to the churches throughout Christendom? and if not as a whole to some isolated sect? that was better than the rest? The fact is no building on the face of the earth (outside of the Great Pyramid) has withstood the ravages of time, the earthquake and the flood, one-half the number of years that this great stone building is known to have done (not counting the thousands of years that history does not record) . We will try and answer both sides of this question . It is purely a physical reason ; viz., during the great seismic disturbances in San Francisco, Cal., in April, 1906, and Valparaiso, Chile, in July of the same year will do to illustrate; it is a noted fact: that the different churches (regardless of denomination) suffered more proportionately than the buildings occupied by the lowest callings on earth. And why (?) not because they were churches, but because that class of buildings are tall, and most of them have spires that are not earthquake proof, built of wood or brick that will not stand a two minute seismic vibration. The lightning plays similar pranks, and is no respector of persons aiming as it does at the highest points. TIME IIAS NOT AFFECTED THE PYRAMID 185 The other side of this question: Why has the "Great Pyramid" stood all these thousands of years, although taller than any church edifice in the world? And only three other buildings of any character excel it in height, viz., the "Eiffel Tower," at Paris; the "Washington Monument," at Washington; and the "City Hall" at Philadelphia. All of which are built practically earthquake proof, and each contain conductors for directing the lightning peace- fully to the earth. But why has the Great Pyramid stood? Nothing miraculous about it. The extraordinary intelli- gence of the race of mankind that flourished from 50,000 to 100,000 years ago, led them to knoiv, that there was but one spot (and that of limited area) on the face of the earth (on land) but what had changed places with the waters of the earth, some of it several times, and would do so again at different (long) intervals. That spot is located in the geographical center of the land of the earth: in 29 58' 51" N. Lat. and 31 10' i" E. Long.; where they erected the greatest stone structure that ever existed, or is in place today, viz., the "Great Pyramid Jeezeh." And when they did so they had scientific physical reasons for believing that it would stand until the earth should cease to obey its polarity and the orb itself disintegrate. And why? Be- cause the earth, being unequally balanced (the water area containing about three-fifths and the land area about two- fifths), the land portion, or that portion of the land above water, is principally located north of the equator, the geographical center of which (or weight center) is located between the following extreme points: N. W. Alaska, and S. E. Australia; and N. E. Asiatic Siberia, and Cape Horn, South America, in the S. W. ; or as above described, the spot whereon stands the "Great Pyramid." If you have followed carefully what we have stated in our chapter on earthquakes, tidal waves, and other seismic disturbances, you will grasp at our opinion, in the belief that the earth is never perfectly quiet no more so, than a human being. This state of inquietude ranges from the slightest sensation 186 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH noted on the seismograph, to the sinking of a continent. During all such disturbances, great or small, there is a point within the earth (the center of its weight) that is al- most perfectly quiet; that point being nearer the surface on one side of the earth than the other (owing to the in- equalities of the weight on the surface) causes that same quietude to exist on the surface nearest that point. The strongest circumstantial evidence exists that that point is located 9 miles S. of W. of Cairo, in Egypt, where stands the "Great Pyramid Jeezeh." This building was there, arrayed in all its beauty, with its white limestone casing stones, from base to apex, when the second Pyramid of Jeezeh was built (or so reported) in the year 2,130 B. C.; the Great Pyramid was then so old that no human being then living knew when it was built. All history regarding the date of which is pure guess-work and totally unreliable. The fact that this building still stands, without the least crack in the whole structure, except those known to have been made by vandals, marauders, etc., since the advent of the present race of men, is sufficient evidence that the locality surrounding the Great Pyramid is the most quiet spot on the face of the earth. We do not know what in- fluence is brought to bear on our frail orb, the earth, to cause it to change its polarity, or swing out of place and come back again ; nor will we attempt to ascribe a theory for this freak of nature. For our present purpose, it will be suffi- ciently satisfactory to say that such phenomena have occxirred (explained somewhat at length in a previous chapter). Our theory of the difference between a severe earthquake and a cataclysm, or its effects on the surface of the earth is: that the earthquake is caused by a force from within the earth, while a cataclysm is caused by i force without,. or on the surface of the earth; and this occurs when the earth suddenly disobeys her polar attraction. The result of which is, to cause some continents to sink, with a corresponding amount of land to rise from the depths of the oceans. During such ordeal, the earth behaves in BASE-SIDE LENGTH OF PYRAMID 187 a similar manner that she does during an earthquake, except, that she revolves around the point of least resistance (having changed her course) with greatly accelerated speed. That pivotal point, we claim, must be where the Great Pyramid is located; for we believe that it has passed through several such ordeals. We deem no explanation necessary to prove that the Great Pyramid (or any other structure) would stand and remain unmoved, during such a calamity, if the disturbing matter moved evenly around the point on which the said structure stood. INQUIRY OF A MORE RIGID CHARACTER INTO THE ABSOLUTE LENGTH OF THE BASE-SIDE OF THE GREAT PYRAMID. (Sec. 14.) We desire to ascertain if the alleged fact is there; or to what degree of accuracy it is there. Prof. Smyth says : "For in all practical work of physical science and nicety of measurement, good scientific men know that nothing whatever can be ascertained absolutely, but only within certain limits of error ; those limits becoming smaller as observation improves, but never entirely vanishing. Is then, the ten-millionth part of the earth's semi-axis of rotation, or 25.025 English inches (according to the best modern estimate of that axis, which in a manner, and with the shining of the sun to help, makes the days, of the earth, being 500,500,000 English inches long) multiplied by 365.- 2422 (the now known number of solar days in a year), the true length of a side of the square base of the ancient Great Pyramid; and if it is not, by how much does it differ? "The foregoing theoretically proposed quantity, or inches 25.025x365.2422, evidently amounts to 9,140 English inches, nearly. * * * The only admissible, because the only socket-bounded^ determinations of the base- side lengths that I was acquainted with were, ist, the French one = 763. 6 2 English feet = 9, 163 .44 English inches; and, 2nd, Colonel Howard Vyse's of 764 English feet = 9,i68 English inches; and both of them are far too large. This 188 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH error did not iffect our determination in a previous chapter for the pi shape of the Great Pyramid ; because we computed the height, in terms of this same base-breadth, by reference to an angle observed quite independently of any linear meas- ure. But now we require to icnow more positively whether the numerical length then used was real, or figurative only; and when I was actually at the Great Pyramid in 1865, Messrs. Aiton and Inglis, engineers, succeeded in uncover- ing all four of the Great Pyramid's corner sockets, and then proceeded to measure from socket to socket every one of the four sides of the base; and with what result? They made them all shorter, far shorter; to me it was at first incredibly shorter than both the French and Howard Vyse determinations; for it was equal only 9,110 English inches on the mean of the 4 sides. Either their measures then must have been very bad and too short; or those of the French and Colonel Howard Vyse were also bad, but too long. And why was there so much badness amongst them? M.iinly because the ground to be measured over is covered, and heaped, and thrown into horrible confusion of ups and downs by those hills of rubbish, formed by the fragments of casing stones (of which we treated at some length a few pages back). Very useful were they then, for the angular fragments they yielded, on being dug into and turned inside out; but dreadfully obstructive are they now, when an accurate linear measure over a long distance is wanted; and when like all distance measuring in surveying work, it must be in a straight and level line only, for ulti- mate use or reference. Each measurer hoped that he had cleverly corrected his really up and down measures over the hills and down into the hollows of rubbish, to what they would have been if the ground had been level but when their severally independent measurements are brought together, behold how they differ! And this, remember, is modern science, so critical of the antique ages of the world. "After much consideration I was inclined to divide the errors very nearly evenly between the several parties, INACCURACY OF DIFFERENT MEASUREMENTS 189 in 1867; adopting therefore, neither the 9,168 or 9,163 on one side, nor the 9,110 on the other, but 9,142. And in 1869, when the Royal Engineer surveyors (of Great Britain) , returning from the Sinai survey, went (according to orders) to the Great Pyramid, and announced, through their colonel at home, that the mean length of a side of its square base from socket to socket, was 9,130 British inches, they were nearer to the theoretical 9,140 than to any of the other measured results. But as there are internal features of evidence showing that none of the measures, not even the last, were accurate enough to be depended upon to the third place of figures (whether measured upon only one side, or all four sides, of the base considered square by every- body) all men are at this very moment left by the last Pyramid base-side measurers of modern times in this predicament viz., the theoretical length of 9,140 inches which would imply such almost unutterable wisdom, or such inconceivably happy accident, for that primeval time on the part of the designer of the Great Pyramid, is really found amongst, or as though it were the thing really and centrally certified to, by the best conclusions of modern measure. It is, indeed, notably confirmed by them; or may be asserted upon and by means of them, within such limits as they can confirm anything; and if those limits are coarse, that coarseness is entirely the fault of the modern measurers, not of the ancient building; which, founded on a rock (and an admirably firm and nearly unfissured hill of dense rock of nummulitic limestone, in nearly horizon- tal strata) could not possibly have expanded and contracted between the successive modern dates of 1799, 1837, 1865, and 1869 A. D., as the recent measurers seem at first, most absurdly, to imply. The variations, therefore, first from 9,163 to 9,168, then to 9,110 and then to 9,130, must be merely the plus and minus errors of the modern measures, or of men intending honestly to do well if they could, but erring involuntarily, sometimes to one side and sometimes to the other of absolute exactitude." 190 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH THE EARTH-AXIS AND YEAR-COMMENSUR- ABLE, RESULT FURTHER INDICATED. "Of course better measures than all that have been yet taken, might be made in the present age of science, and should be in- stituted forthwith, to clear up so notable a point in the primeval history of man; but the expense to be incurred in the preliminary clearing of the ground from those ob- structing rubbish heaps of broken stones, to allow of accu- rate measuring apparatus being brought to bear effectually, is beyond the means of any private and poor scientific man and the Great Pyramid is not a favorite subject either with rich men or the powerful governments of wealthy nations ; while the invaluable corner sockets, never properly covered up since 1865, are daily being trodden and cruelly broken down at their edges out of shape and out of size, so that we are not likely to see speedily, if ever, any better measurers of the Great Pyramid's base-side length than those already obtained. But as they, when considered by any experienced computer fully, honestly, and fairly, do include the theore- tical 9,140 English inches, we are already justified so far (and we shall have in a future chapter signal confirmation from the interior of the Pyr imid) in upholding the high degree of probability that the reason why the Great Pyramid (made already of a particular shape to enunciate the value of the mathematical term pi) had ako been made of a particular size, was, in part, to set forth the essence of all true chronology for man in recording the order of his works, and in understanding the chief physical basis on which alone he is ordained to prosecute them, upon this earth. For evidently this was accomplished there, by showing that the number of times that the Pyramid's standard of linear measure would go into the length of a side of its square base, was equal to the number of days and parts of a day in the course of a year. That standard of linear measure being, moreover, with a marvelously complete appropri- ateness of symbology, the ten-millionth (or, in mathemati- cal expression, the io 7th part) of the length of the earth's WHAT DID THE BUILDERS DO WITH THEIR CHIPS 191 semi-axis of rotation: or of half of that axis, by the earth's rotating upon which before the sun, that particular number of days for work and nights for rest is constantly being produced for all humanity in the course of the earth's annual revolution around the sun. Hence, there is here wheel within wheel of appropriate and wise meaning, far above all the then contemporary knowledge of man, and in- eating far more than any mere single case of simple co- incidence of numbers. A grouping, indeed it is, implying something vastly beyond mechanical accident on the part of the unknown ancient architect. The affair was, more- over, perfectly open, because it was on the surface, during all antiquity; and especially open during the days of the Greek philosophers in Alexandria, when the Great Pyramid was still complete in size and finish, with its be veiled casing stones forming the then outside finished surface of the whole and the ground round about so eminently free from both the present obstructions, and all others, too, accompanying ordinary mason's work, that Strabo declared the building looked as if it had descended upon its site ready formed from Heaven, and had not been erected by man's laborious toil at all. The question which chiefly troubled Strabo was "What have the builders done with their chips 1 Here is the most enormous building in the world, constructed al- most entirely of stones squared by man's hand, so that the involuntary production of chips must have been immense; but none of them are to be seen ; all around the Great Pyra- mid is a level area swept as clean as if no stones at all had ever been chipped or squared upon it." Yet what he could not discover, time and the weather of over 1,800 years since his day have abundantly revealed; for the said primeval chippings by the original masons (a totally different affair from, and on an enormously larger scale than the hills of rubbish of the casing stone fragments of Mohammedan time now to be seen about the building) were all thrown over the northern edge of the Pyramid hill, or firmly banked up against the natural cliff on that side, and levelled on the 192 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH top so as to extend the esplanade on the northern front of the monument. And there, a good photograph from the northeast sand-plain shows them still to be; discriminating admirably between the natural hill, and this adventitious addition to it." (See Plate.) REFERENCE TO THE GREAT PYRAMID'S NUMBERS. (Sec. 15.) And the affair grows in wonder the further we inquire into it. For Mr. Taylor, led by the numbers of British inches which measure the earth's polar axis length and other men, ako led by the dominance of fives in the Pyramid's construction (as that it has five angles and five sides, including the lower plane of the bace mathematically as one) ventured the suggestion, that the author of the Great Pyramid's design both employed decimal and quinary arithmetic ; and had, and used, as his smaller unit of measure one-fifth of a fifth part of his particular cubit, forming there- by, let us say in English, an inch. An inch, larger indeed than a British inch, but only by a thousandth part, i. e., about half a hair's breadth; an apparently unimportant quantity, and yet it is that which enables the round, and at the same time grand, Pyramid number of five hundred millions of them, viz., Pyramid, not British, inches, even to measure the length of the earth's polar diameter with exactitude. With these truly earth-commensurable inches, the day standard of linear measure for the side of the base of the Great Pyramid is 5x5, or just 25 of them; and that length we shall call the cubit of the Great Pyramid's scientific design. But in its own inches, the side of the Great Pyramid's base, we must remember, will no longer now measure 9,140, but 9,131.05 inches. Next, as there are four sides to the Pyramid's base, the united length of all of them evidently equals 36,524. 2 of the same Pyramid inches; or, at the rate of a round hundred of those inches to a day, the whole perimeter of the building (already NOTED PYRAMIDAL NUMBERS 193 shown to represent the theoretical pi circle) is here found to symbolize once again, in day lengths, 365.242, or the practical day and night circle of the year. It is not ominously significant, that the ancient cubit of Pharaonic Egypt, 20.7 British inches long nearly, if applied either to the Great Pyramid's base-side, or base- diagonals, or vertical height, or arris lines, or any other known radical length of the building, brings out no notable physical fact, no mathematical truth. While the other length of 25.025 British inches, brings out in this and other cases so many of the most important coincidences of this earth we inhabit, as make the ancient monument, at once, speak both intelligibly and intellectually to the scientific understanding of all intelligent men of the present day, "withersoever scattered around the world." No other pyramid in Egypt can presume for a moment to compete with the Great Pyramid in this all-important earth-axial 25 inch standard, and 365.242 day matter. That is, none of their base-side lengths, when divided by the number of days in a year, are able to show that crucial IO 7th of the earth's axis quantity, or anything near it, or anything else of cosmical importance. The general in- stinct, therefore, of the whole human race through all ages, in so readily and universally allowing, as it did, to the first Pyramid the surname of 'Great,' has been borne out beyond all that had been expected, by the application of modern measure and scientific research. While the ancient base-side length of the Great Monu- ment has been quoted so low as 9,110, it has also been quoted as high as 9,168 British inches, and in a manner to lead to the inference that 9,140 of those inches must be very nearly the true quantity. Note the measures of the base-side lengths of the greatest of the other Pyramids of Egypt, taken in the same terms. When measured by Colonel Howard Vyse and his assistant Mr. Perring (the authors of the 9,168 inch measure for the Great Pyramid, and therefore rather liable to err 13 194 in excess than defect) they, that is, the respective ancient base-side lengths of those other pyramids, are reported thus : British Inches. Second Pyramid of Jeezeh 8,493 North Stone Pyramid of Dashoor 8,633 South Stone Pyramid of Dashoor 7,400 The Chief, or 'Great' Pyramid of Saccara 4,727 Third Pyramid of Jeezeh 4,254 The Chief Pyramid of Aboosier 4,317 Northern Brick Pyramid of Dashoor 4,200 Southern Brick Pyramid of Dashoor 4, no Pyramid Base of Mustabat el Pharaoon 3,708 Foundation for a Pyramid at Aboo-Roash 3,840 We might go on through all the thirty-seven, continu- ally diminishing, until the last of them. One of the pyra- mids of Aboosier has a base-side length of only 905 English inches. (Sec. 16.) THE PYRAMID'S LINEAR STAN- DARD. The nations of the world from the dawn of written history, down to, less than one hundred and -fifty years ago, of their "own selves and by their own knowledge, cared little about their national measures beyond their daily, social use as such; and knew nothing but what was childish with regard to the size of the earth ; so that all our present exact acquaintance with it, as a reference for standards of length, is confined within the history (as above stated) of the last one hundred and fifty years. The French philoso- phers in the early portion of the last century, in fixing on the Meridonal quadrant of surface for their metre's deriva- tion, did not take into consideration the fact, that the pro- gress of geodesy would within the century reveal that the earth's equator was not a circle, but a rather irregular curvilinear figure, perhaps ellipsoidal on the whole, so that it has many different lengths of equatorial diameters, and therefore also different lengths of quadrants of the Meridian in different longitudes. Although a majority of the coun- VARIATION OF THE GRAMME IN GRAINS 195 tries of the earth have adopted a "Metric System," it is noted, that at least fourteen different nations have each a different length for their 'Metre.' This, as a matter of course varies the weight of the 'gramme'; the following table will illustrate : WEIGHT OF THE GRAMME IN GRAINS by differ- ent communities ; the second in the list is the one generally adopted. I5-43 2 15.4323488 15.433159 15.438395 15.44242 15.4323487^ 15.432349 15.434 15-44 15-44402 i5-43 2 34875 15-4327 15-43402344 15.4402 When the system was adopted by France the metre was assumed to be the ten millionth part of the quadrant of the meridian passing through Barcelona and Dunkirk. For the reason of the above named contention, we claim that the system as originally promulgated, can never become universal. Again, the French shipbuilder himself uses the fractional system to lay out a vessel's keel. And yet these things were all taken into account, or provided for by the great, and as yet, mysterious architect that directed the building of the Great Pyramid, probably over 30,000 years ago. For a series of "Weights and Measures" based on the capacity of the 'coffer,' and other measurements in the Great Pyramid, see another portion of this work. We think they should be universally adopted. The ruling standard, the io 7th , or ten -millionth part of the earth's polar semi-axis, shown to have been adopted by the archi- tect of the Great Pyramid, by the general progress of all learning, to be the only sound and truly scientific reference which the earth itself possesses. Through the long mediae- val periods of darkness, confusion, and war, not even the most progressive nation thought of such things as mathema- tics, geodesy, and linear standards; if not the same master mind, very much like Providence, prevented our hereditary and M Number of Course in Ascending Height of Each Course in Inches, Roughly I|| Pave- ment O 26 26 933 52 26 1770 I 79 79 27 28 961 53 27 1797 2 56 135 28 3 1 992 54 24 1821 3 4 8 183 29 30 IO22 55 26 1847 4 40 223 3 26 1048 56 22 1869 5 40 263 3 1 28 1076 57 26 1895 6 38 301 i 3 2 28 IIO4 58 27 1922 7 39 340 33 24 1128 59 3 I.95 2 8 38 378 34 24 IIS2 60 28 1980 9 36 414 35 5 I2O2 61 26 2006 10 34 448 36 41 1243 62 26 2032 ii 33 481 37 39 1282 63 26 2058 12 3 5 11 38 38 1320 64 28 2086 J 3 3 54i 39 34 1354 65 26 2112 14 28 5 6 9 40 3 2 1386 66 26 2138 15 30 599 4i 3 2 I4l8 67 34 2172 16 28 627 42 28 1446 68 33 2205 17 26 653 43 32 1478 69 31 2236 18 32 685 44 42 1520 70 28 2264 19 38 723 45 37 *557 7 1 28 2292 20 24 747 46 28 1585 72 27 2319 21 2 2 770 47 35 1620 73 26 2345 22 35 805 48 36 1656 74 31 2376 2 3 33 838 49 30 1686 75 28 2404 24 3i 869 5 28 1714 76 26 2430 25 38 907 51 30 1744 77 24 2454 214 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH Number of Course in Ascending Height of Erch Course in Inches, Roughly Whole Height from Basement, Ascending Number of Course in Ascending Height of Each Course in laches, Roughly Whole Height from Basement, Ascending Number of Course in Ascending Height of Each Course in Inches, Roughly Whole Height from Basement, Ascending 78 24 2478 110 24 3359 142 22 4144 79 24 2502 III 24 3383 143 22 4166 80 22 2524 112 24 34<>7 144 28 4194 81 24 2548 H3 2 3 3430 145 27 4221 82 24 2572 114 23 3453 146 24 4245 83 26 2598 3 2 3 3476 147 22 4267 84 26 2624 116 25 35 J 148 22 4289 85 25 2649 117 23 3524 149 21 43 10 86 2 5 2674 118 35 3559 15 26 433^ 87 24 2698 119 3i 3590 151 26 4362 88 24 2722 120 29 3619 IS 2 25 4387 89 2 5 2747 121 28 3647 153 22 4409 90 36 2783 122 26 3673 154 21 443 9i 33 28l6 123 26 3 6 99 155 21 445 1 92 3i 2847 124 24 3723 156 21 4472 93 28 2875 125 24 3747 157 21 4493 94 26 2901 126 23 3770 158 21 45*4 95 2 5 2926 127 2 3 3793 159 22 4536 96 24 2950 128 23 3816 160 21 4557 97 98 24 4i 2974 3 OI 5 129 130 23 27 3839 3866 161 162 21 24 4578 4602 99 37 3052 131 2 5 3891 163 23 4625 IOO 34 3086 132 23 39M 164 2 5 4650 IO1 32 3118 133 22 3936 165 22 4672 IO2 3 3U8 134 22 3958 166 22 4694 103 28 3176 J 35 22 3980 167 21 47i5 IO4 27 3203 136 25 4005 168 21 4736 105 27 3230 137 23 4028 169 20 4756 106 26 3256 138 25 4053 170 21 4777 107 25 3281 i39 25 4078 171 2O 4797 i 08 29 331 140 22 4100 172 21 4818 109 2 5 3335 141 22 4122 173 21 4839 MASONEY COURSES Concluded. 215 - c igl Height of Each Course in Inches, Roughly Whole Height from Basement, Ascending Number of Course in Ascending Height of Each Course in Inches, Roughly Whole Height from Basement, Ascending 111 a fix o Height of Each Course in Inches, Roughly Whole Height from Basement, Ascending 174 20 4859 189 21 5185 204 *2I 5507 I 75 21 4880 190 21 5206 205 *2I 5528 176 20 4900 191 21 5227 206 *2I 5549 177 20 4920 192 21 5248 207 *2I 557> 178 21 4941 193 2O 5268 208 *2I 5591 179 2O 4961 194 21 5289 209 *22 5 6l 3 1 80 26 4987 195 22 53ii 210 *24 5637 181 2 5 5012 196 24 5335 f 211 *22 5659 182 23 53S 197 22 5357 212 *22 5681 183 24 5059 198 22 5379 213 *22 5703 184 22 5081 199 22 5401 214 *22 5725 185 21 5102 2OO 22 5423 215 *22 5747 186 21 5 I2 3 2OI 22 5445 216 *2I 5768 187 20 5*43 2O2 *2I 5466 217 *2O 5788 188 21 5 l6 4 203 *2O 5486 218 *25 5813 * Estimated, f Number of courses estimated by Prof. Smyth. Supposed complete number of courses, including the original topmost corner-stone, 218; whole height, 5,813 Pyramid inches, or 484 feet 5 inches (or 486 English feet). NOTE : We think Prof. Smyth erred in placing his first layer of stone (in his table of "Masonry Courses") opposite "Course" (marked) number 2. And again, in placing (his estimate) 211 for the complete number of courses of Masonry in the Great Pyramid, when it was complete with 30.6 feet greater elevation. For if so, each course now displaced must have averaged 36.8 inches in thickness, which would seem to be inconsistent from the average thickness of the last 100 layers that precede it. 216 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH THE SOURCE OF MEASURES. PART II. BY J. RALSTON SKINNER, Cincinnjati, Ohio, 1875. T (Sec. 22.) The following copious notes from the "Source of Measures" are by permission of the author when he lived: "The following, in place of a work, strictly speak- ing, is rather an essay or study. It is like the study of an artist, where it comprehends many details in outline going to make up a whole, yet unfinished and subject to change, here and there as the blending of details may prove in- harmonious or incongruous to the general scope of the design. Unlike such a study, however, others can join in the labor of completing the task ; and it is hoped that it may prove an incentive to that end. 3^ 'The whole constitutes a series of developments, based upon the use of geometrical elements, giving expression in a numerical value. These elements are found in the work of the late John A. Parker, of the City of New York, setting forth his discovery (but in fact, the re-discovery) of a quadrature value of the circle. Upon this one, that of Peter Metius, of the sixteenth century, seems to be a varia- tion. "Mr. Parker makes use of an element of measure of the equilateral triangle, by which, as a least unit of measure, to express the measure of the elements of a circle in terms of the numerical value of a square: so that, as a conclusion, a square of 81 to the side, or 6561 in area, shall contain a circle whose^area equals 5153; or, rectifying the circum- ference, a diameter of 6561 shall have a circumference of 5153X4=20612. #j|"Let it be understood that the question of value of that quadrature, whether by Mr. Parker, or by Metius, as to whether it is the expression of exactitude of relation, does not arise; nor is it, save incidentally, pertinent to the sub- QUADEATURE OF THE CIECLE BY PARKER 217 ject matter in hand. While this work thus is relieved of any necessity of examination into the question of the possibility of what is called 'the quadrature' or 'the squaring of the circle,' nevertheless, it is necessary to a proper under- standing of the whole that some, to many persons very dry, details of Mr. Parker's construction of his quadrature should be set forth in the very commencement. Incident- ally, however, it is thought that the matters established herein, as having a direct relation to the holy things of God, as laid down in Scripture, will force an inquiry on the part of devout people, into the abstract question of 'the quad- rature,' both as received and as set forth by Parker and by Metius ; and also into the very question of any special value of the quadrature by Parker, as related to the generally accepted one. "One development is as follows: The numerical value 20,612 of a circumference is made use of to derive from it a unit of measure for linear, superficial, and solid measure. Thus, as a common unit of measure is the edge of one of the faces of a cube, and as there are 12 edges to the cube, the division of 20,61 2 by 1 2 is the distribution of this value onto these 12 edges; so that the quotient, which is 1717.66+, is that unit of measure which is, however it may be used, convertible into circular, and again, back into the geome- trical elements whence derived. And this is obtained by the special numerical value, i7i7.66+the one-twelfth of 20,612, whether, as a fact, it be used as a whole or as a part, as 1.71766 + . Now as a fact, i . 71766+ of the British foot is the ancient cubit value; hence, the whole scheme thus far displayed has been practically utilized, inasmuch as 20,612 is thus seen to be the value of British inches, while its derivative of 171766 + , so divided or scaled as to repre- sent 1.71766 + , is the ancient cubit. "This is confirmed from the fact of restoration, by means of these numerical values, of the Great Pyramid of Egypt, in terms of the British measures thereof made of late years. Another development is that, by a variation . J 218 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH of the use of these numerical values, taken systematically, not empirically, a diameter value to a circumference value of 6 is found, which is discovered to be the basis of the Hindu method for the calculation of tables of sines and cosines, tangents and cotangents, and the orbits of planetary bodies; which variation, as an enlargement of the above values, on application, is found to give the exactitude of the pyramid measures, agreeably to the design of the architect, thus again coupling a modern with an ancient use. "Another development is that the British system of long and land measures is discovered to contain an occult or obscure system of time calculations, based on the factor 6, by which it is seen that the entirety of the British measures rests upon these anciently developed elements, and thus it is in fact, but a phase of the Hindu system. The factor 6 is the basis of the acre and mile measure, running up from the inch and foot, and the equivalent of the base side of the pyramid (which is a diameter value to a circumference of 24) is the side of a square, divided into four equal parts of 6x6 each, in terms of the British foot, and necessarily the inch; hence the advanced measures as far as the mile, are thus involved. But while this is so, the means of obtaining this pyramid measure is through use of the Parker elements ; hence the Parker elements are thus connected with the whole range of British measures. "But the greatest development is that the entire system seems to have been anciently regarded as one resting in nature, and one which was adopted by nature or God, as the basis or law of the exertion practically of creative power i. e., it was the creative design, of which creation was practically the application. This seems to be established by the fact that, under the system set forth, measures of planetary times serve co-ordinately as measures of the size of planets, and the peculiarity of their shapes i. e., in the extension of their equatorial and polar diameters, in terms of the British measures, or the cubit measures arising as stated, from the forms of Mr. Parker. The true study QUADRATURE OF THE CIRCLE BY PARKER 219 of the Deity by man being in the observation of his works, the discovery of a fundamental creative law (in numbers and measures) as regards His works, of as wide and compre- hensive grasp as shown , would locate the substance of such a discovery as the practical real tangible link between God and man, as that by which man can in a measure realize the actually existing working qualities of God, just, speak- ing most reverentially, as he would those of a fellow-man as, say, of a mason, or of a carpenter; thus revealing tan- gible existence, likeness, relationship, and, remotely, companionship. Such a link, once found, would constitute a base for superstructures of recognition, praise, worship, and copy. As a fact, this system seems to underlie the whole Biblical structure, as a foundation for its ritualism, and for its display of the works of the Deity in the way of architecture, by use of the sacred unit of measure in the Garden of Eden, the Ark of Noah, the Tabernacle, and the Temple of Solomon. "Such seem to be the characteristics of development from the elements of quadrature of the late Mr. Parker. The extent to which the development is made so as to compel a mental assent, must be tested, of course, through the contents of this work. There is no disposition on the part of the author to make any assertion as to the strength of his work. What he has done has been done to the best of his ability, and he believes that a studious careful reading of the work done, will be that, and alone that, upon which any fair criticism can be based. Since, after all, all matters of science subordinate themselves to anyone by which man can arrive at a realizable knowledge of God, all things in this book are of poor value in every other regard, compara- tively, save as they lead up just to this kind or condition of knowledge. Such being the case the following statements may be made as introductory. "(i.) The 'Quadrature of the Circle,' by John A. Parker sets forth the integral relation of diameter to circumference of a circle as 65 6 1 to 20612, derived from area computations, 220 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH viz.: area of square being 6561, area of inscribed circle is 5153; and diameter being 6561, rectification of circum- ference is 5153x4=20612. "(2.) It appears that nature was regarded as making use of this numerical relation, as a law or application of numbers to measures, by which to construct the mechanical properties of the universe ; so regulating the times of the planets that they should move by a numerical system such that by the measure of their shapes was to be obtained in a definite class or scale of mesures adapted to the same system: so that movement should co-ordinate with size under the same system. "(3.) However man obtained knowledge of the prac- ticle measure, ike British inch, by which nature was thought to adjust the planets in size to harmonize with the notation of their movements, it seems he did obtain it, and esteemed its possession as the means of his realization of the Deity that is, he approached so nearly to a conception of a Being having a mind like his own, only infinitely more powerful, as to be able to realize a law of creation established by that being, which must have existed prior to any creation (kabbalistically called the Word).. The knowledge thus gained was simply that of the measure spoken of with its uses, in connection with the geometrical elements from whence it sprang. "(4.) This knowledge as to its origin, interpretation, and use, became somehow that of a caste condition. As such it was most sedulously concealed, and when set forth it was only in a secret or very obscure way. One way of setting it forth was by hieroglyphic writing. This method is the burden of the Hebrew Bible. Another was by architectural display. The greatest ever made was in the Great Pyramid of Egypt; the next greatest seems to have been in the Temple of Solomon. "(5.) It is thought the restoration of this pyramid agreeably to the design of the architect, will afford the means of translation of the hieroglyphic meanings of the THE HEBREW ALPHABET 221 Hebrew Bible, as, on hypothesis, the one was written and the other built to set forth the same natural problems. "The first step, therefore, necessary to the deciphering of the hieroglyphic or symbolic meanings of the Hebrew Bible, is the restoration of the Great Pyramid after its architectural conception. This is the chief burden of this work, and it is thought that the intent of the architect has been so far recovered as to justify publication. Secondarily, it is to be shown that the Temple was but another architectural style of setting forth the same measures with the pyramid. The balance of the matters, condensed as much as possible into brief outline, chiefly serves to exemplify the method of Biblical application of the pyramid system. This balance is noted here and there in the text, and is contained in the appendices. It serves to relieve the dry details of figures and calculations, to hhow related connections, and is hoped to excite interest in the whole subject, and to stimulate those who may read, to an earnest effort in the further prosecution of this subject so fascinating in its elucidations." The relation of 6561 : 20612 is both in the pyramid structure and in the Bible coupled with the form 113 .'355- Some connections between the two will be shown, but what the exact basis relations between them were, as anciently recognized, remains to be discovered. THE HEBREW ALPHABET. (Sec. 23.) For the general reader to understand how a numerical or mathematical system may lie closed up in the Hebrew Bible, it may be well to state that the Hebrews, so far as has come down to us, have no numerical system apart from their literal one i. e., their alphabet held their numerals, just as if, in English, our a, b, c, stood for 1,2,3, and so on, in lack of the Arabic system of numerals, borrow- ed by us, and now of exclusive use (although it would seem that they were in possession of this system also). The following is a table for reference, giving the Hebrew alpha- 222 THE GEEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH bet, the power of the letters, their symbols to some extent, with the numerical value fixed to each letter. The laws of symbolic use of words as numbers in the narrative of the Bible are not known, and the real uses are only to be accepted or received to the extent for which there is in- trinsic proof. Otherwise, it is to be observed that where the letter values rise above units to tens and to hundreds while the letter character may stand for, say, 20 or 200, very frequently the characteristic value is used as giving the expression of the unit value of 2 alone. These subjects can be but touched on in this work. It must suffice to close with the alphabet table (English pronunciation) without the characters. NO. NAME. 1. Aleph. 2. Beth. 3. Gi'mel 4. Da' leth. 5- He. 6. Vau. 7. Zayin. 8. Cheth. 9. Teth. FORM AND POWER. A scarcely audible breathing. b, bh, or bv. d,dh. h; Latin e. v or w. z. ch, kh, hh Latin h; rough breathing. 10. Yodh. y, i, or ;. SYMBOL. Ox or Bull House. Camel serpent erect. Door, hinge ^ Window opening, womb (Kabbala) Nail, hook, crook. Weapon, scepter. Fence, Venus. Affinity with He, as the womb. Snake, basket, figur- ed in Eleusinian mysteries in wor- ship by women. Love apples, etc. Hand, bent forefin- ger, membrum vir- ile with testes. The perfect num- ber, or one. THE HEBEEW ALPHABET Concluded 223 NO. NAME. 20. Caph. FORM AND POWER. C, C'h, k, kk 30. La' medh. /. 40. Mem. 50. Nun. 60. Sa' mech. 70. Ayin 80. Pe. 90. Tsa'-dhe m. n. no power P, ph. ts, tz. 100. Koph. k. 200. Resh. r. 300. Shin, Sin. sh, s. 400. Tau. t, th. SYMBOL. The hollow of the bent hand; meas- ure of hollow sphere. Ox-goad; sign of a form of the god Mars. Water. Fish, symbol of Yoni O, woman, or woinb. A prop, a pillar; tes- tes, hence, egg. Divisions of the circle, perhaps in- dicating a square. Divisions of Para- dise. Eye. Mouth. Fish-hook, hunter's dart. Back of head from the ears ; hence sig- nificentoibalances. Ancient pillow to rest the back of the head on. Skull? Eye of needle. Head, sphere, circle. Tooth. Cross, + Founda- tion framework of construction. 224 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH QUADRATURE OF THE CIRCLE. BY JOHN A. PARKER. (Sec. 24.) Kabbala was a species of symbolic writing among the initiated, setting forth the secret teachings of the Bible; and a key of Kabbala is thought to be in the geometrical relation of the area of the circle inscribed in the square, or of the cube to the sphere, giving rise to the rela- tion of diameter to circumference of a circle, with the nume- rical value of this relation expressed in integrals. The rela- tion of diameter to circumference being a supreme one con- nected with the god-names Elohim and Jehova (which terms are expressions numerically of these relations, respectively the first being of circumference, the latter of diameter), embraces all other subordinations under it. Two expressions of circumference to diameter in integrals are used in the Bible: (i.) The perfect; and, (2.) The imperfect. One of the relations between these is such that (2) substracted from (i) will leave a unit of diameter value in terms, or in the denomination, of the circumference value of the perfect circle, or a unit straight line having a perfect circular value, or a factor of circular value. Of course as to the fact of these expressions residing in the Bible, it remains to be seen whether this is, or is not, so. It will be sufficient if it is so; but if it shall so appear, beyond contradiction, it will afford much food for thought, as to whether so sublime a work as the Holy Record can be a refuge for that much oppressed and bedeviled idea "squaring the circle," unless the actuality of such relation exists, or unless an approximate of a certain nature and value was found to be of some natural use. (Sec. 25.) It is very remarkable: One of the values thus used in the Bible was rediscovered in about A. D. 1585, by Peter Metius, as 113 for diameter to 355 circum- ference, which, in the sacred record, is the imperfect value; the other was rediscovered by the late John A. Parker, of the City of New York, 6561 for diameter to 20612 for cir- QUADRATUEE OF PAEKEE Continued 225 cumference, which, in the Sacred Record, is the perfect value. What the means of discovery by Metius were, is not known. The "Quadrature" of Mr. Parker is in print, and therein the steps are fully set forth. As to these, as they contain the geometrical key for the proper understand- ing of Kabbala, it is necessary to set them forth somewhat at large, premising that his value is obtained through the value of areas of shapes. His leading propositions (each proposition, in the text being followed by its demonstra- tion are as follows : PROPOSITION I. "One of the relative properties between straight lines and a perfect curve or circle is such that all regular shapes formed of straight lines and equal sides, have their areas equal to half the circumference multiplied by the least radius which the shape contains (which is always the radius of an inscribed circle), than which every other radius contained in the shape is greater, and the circle has its area equal to half the cir- cumference multiplied by the radius, to which every other radius contained in the circle is equal." PROPOSITION II "The circumference of any circle being given, if that circumference be brought into the form of a square, the area of that square is equal to the area of another circle, the circumscribed square of which is equal in area to the area of the circle whose circumference is first given . ' ' PROPOSITION III. "The circle is the natural basis or beginning of all area, and the square being made so in mathematical science, is artificial and arbitrary." PROPOSITION IV. "The circumference of any circle being given, if that circumference be brought into any other shape formed of straight lines and of equal sides and angles, the area of that shape is equal to the area of another circle, which circle being circumscribed by another and similar shape, the area of such shape circumscribing the last-named circle is equal to the area of the circle whose circumference is given." 15 226 THE GREAT PYEAMID JEEZEH PROPOSITION V. "The circumference of a circle by the measure of which the circle and the square are made equal, and by which the properties of straight lines and curved lines are made equal, is a line outside of the circle wholly circumscribing it, and thoroughly inclosing the whole area of the circle, and hence, whether it shall have breadth or not, forms no part of the circle." PROPOSITION VI. "The circumference of a circle, such that its half being multiplied by radius, to which all other radii are equal, shall express the whole area of the circle, by the properties of straight lines, is greater in value in the sixth decimal place of figures than the same circum- ference in any polygon of 6144 sides, and greater also than the approximation of geometers at the same decimal place in any line of figures." Under this proposition after his demonstration, he states: "And it is evident that if a circle, and a polygon of 6144 sides (the number to which Play fair carries his bisection) , shall have the same circumference, the area of the circle is greater than the area of the polygon in the sixth decimal place; and because the circumference of one dia- meter must be four times the area of the circle, therefore, by the transition of shape to a circle, the true value of circumference is greater in the sixth place than any approxi- mation which can be obtained from a polygon of 6144 sides, whether inscribed or circumscribed." PROPOSITION VII. "Because the circle is the primary shape in nature, and hence the basis of area; and because the circle is measured by, and is equal to the square only in ratio of half its circumference by the radius, therefore, circumference and radius, and not the square of diameter, are the only natural and legitimate elements of area, by which all regular shapes are made equal to the square and equal to the circle." PROPOSITION VIII. "The equilateral triangle is the primary of all shapes in nature formed of straight lines, and of equal sides and angles, and it has the least radius, QUADRATURE OF PARKER Continued 227 the least area, and the greatest circumference of any possible shape of equal sides and angles." PROPOSITION IX. "The circle and the equilateral triangle are opposite to one another in all the elements of their construction, and hence the fractional diameter of one circle, which is equal to the diameter of one square, is in the opposite duplicate ratio to the diameter of an equi- lateral triangle whose area is one. "By diameter of the triangle, the perpendicular is here meant, as explained in the introduction to Section I., or a line passing through the center of the triangle, and perpendicular to either side. "Let it be supposed that the areas of the equilateral triangle A and the square C each equals one. "It has been shown (Proposition VIII.) that the tri- angle has the least number of sides of any possible shape in nature formed of straight lines ; and the circle is the ulti- matum of nature in extension of the number of sides. In this particular, therefore, they are opposite to one an- other in the elements of their construction. By Proposition PLATE I PLATZJL. VII., it is shown that circumference and radius are the only natural and legitimate elements of area by which different shapes may be measured alike, and are made equal to one another. By Proposition VIII., it is shown that the triangle has the least radius of any shape formed of straight lines of equal sides and of the same circumference, and by Propositions II. and IV, Section I., it is seen that the circle 228 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH has the greatest radius of any possible shape of the same circumference. By the same propositions, the triangle is shown to have the greatest circumference and the least area of any shape formed of straight lines and equal sides, and the circle is shown to have the least circumference and the greatest area of any shape. By a well known law of numbers and geometry, by which the greatest product which any num- ber or any line can give, is, to multiply half by half, it will be seen that if we take the aggregate of circumference and radius in each shape, it is most equally divided in the circle, and the most unequally divided in the triangle of any possible shape. In every case, that which is greatest in the triangle is least in the circle, and that which is least in the triangle is greatest in the circle ; and in every particular the two shapes are at the extreme and opposite boundaries of nature, being the greatest and the least that is possible. They are, therefore, opposite to one another in all the elements of their construction. Therefore, the square being made the artificial basis of area (Proposition VII.), if the diameter of the circle B (Plate II.) shall equal the diameter of the square C, then, in the fraactional relations of B and C such diameter shall be in the opposite duplicate ratio to the diameter of A correspondingly situated. The diameter of A correspondingly situated with the diameter of B to C, it will be seen, is a line drawn across the center of A perpendicular to either side; therefore, the diameter of B, in its fractional relation to C, is the opposite duplicate ratio to the perpendicular or diameter of A, and no other result is possible in the nature of things. The proposition is therefore demonstrated." PROPOSITION X. "The fractional diameter of one circle which is equal to the diameter of one square, being in the opposite ratio to the diameter of the equilateral tri- angle whose area is one, equals 81. THE SOUECE OF MEASURES 229 "Let the area of the equilateral triangle A (Plate III) equal one, and let the area of the square B (Plate IV) also equal one, then the diameter of the circle C, which is equal JZ. to the diameter of the square B, also equals one. And it has been demonstrated that in their fractional relations to the square, the diameter of A and C are in opposite ratio to one another. By the diameter in the triangle it is known that the perpendicular is here meant (as in Propo- sition IX). Now if the area of the equilateral triangle A shall equal one, then the diameter of A is found to be_ equal to the square root of three twice extracted, or 1/1/3. Hence the fractional diameter of C, being in the opposite duplicate ratio (which is the squares of diameter), shall equal three twice squared, or 3 2 x 3 2 , and 3 x 3 9, and 9x9 = 81. The proposition is therefore demonstrated." The opposite duplicate ratio of Mr. Parker has relation to the numerical values. The shapes being opposite to each other, he desires to get an integral number to co- ordinate with the shapes. When the area of A=i, then the diameter is found to be 1.316074 + . But this will not do, for, if possible, it must assume the form of a least integral number. Square this value, and it equals i . 7320508 + . This will not do. Square it again, however, and it equals three, which is just that to be desired. Having, however, obtained this, the value in the opposite ratio must suffer the same process, and 3 2 =9, and 9 2 =8i. 230 THE GKEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH PROPOSITION XI. "The fractional area of one square, which is equal to the area of one circle, equals 6561 ; and the area of the circle inscribed in one square equals 5153." "It has been proved (Proposition X.) that the fraction- al diameter of the circle C, which is equal to the diameter of one square (B), whose area is one, being in the opposite ratio to a b (Fig. 8), equals 81 ; hence the area of B equals 8 1 x 81 = 6561 ; therefore, B equals one of 6561 equal frac- tional parts. Now let B equal H in area. It has been proved (Proposition II) that H equals E in area; and if H=i, then E = i ; and if 11 = 6561, then = 6561. It has also been proved (Proposition II) that if the circumference of F equals the circumference of E , then F and G are also equal in area. And because one circle which is equal to one square (the area of the square being one), is in 6561 equal fractional parts, therefore, an y circle which is equal to any square (the diameter of the circle being a whole number) shall be in some definite and certain number of 6561 parts. Hence the areas of the circles C and G (their diameters being each 81) are some definite and certain F1C. 8. F/G. 9. number of 6561 parts of B and H. It is proved by the approximations of geometry, obtained by the properties 231 of straight lines, that C and G are each greater (much less) than -- ; therefore (Reductio ad absurdum) they 6561 shall be each because they can be nothing else, there 6561 being no other 6561 part between 5152 and 5154. "The proposition is therefore demonstrated; and the fractional area of one square, which is equal to one circle (the area of each being one), is 6561, and the fractional area of one circle inscribed in such square is 5153." The expression, "It is proved by the approximations of geometry obtained by the properties of straight lines," contains a very subtle allusion and meaning. Mr. Parker approves the approximate value, as obtained by Play fair, after the method of its obtainment, viz., by the properties of straight lines, where such lines are defined as being without breadth or thickness. Assuming the property of breadth to a line or unit of measure, or obtaining the value of it by means of area computation, works a change on the Playfair result necessarily. Now if Mr. Parker is correct in his taken relation between triangle and circle to obtain a least integral unit of measure i. e., the number 3 then, without at all conflicting with the Playfair results, his own are right if Play fair's are so. PROPOSITION XII. "The true ratio of circumference to diameter of all circles is four times the area of one in- scribed in one square for the ratio of circumference, to the area of the circumscribed square for the ratio of diameter. And hence the true and primary ratio of circumference to diameter of all circles is 20612 parts of circumference to 6561 parts of diameter." "It will be known that if the diameter of the circle G inscribed in H = i , then the area of H also = i . It will be known also, that the area of G equals half the circumference 232 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH multiplied by half the diameter, and ^x M = M; hence, the diameter of G being one, then the area of G equals % its circumference, and, vice versa, the circumference of G equals four times its area. And the diameter of G being one, it therefore equals the area of H, because the area of H~ i. Therefore, the first part of the proposition is demonstrated, four times the area of any inscribed circle for a ratio of circumference, to the area of the circumscribed square for a ratio of diameter, is seen to be a true ratio of circumference to diameter of all circles. "It has been proved (Proposition XI) that the pri- mary relations existing between straight lines and curved lines as developed by the opposite ratio of the equilateral triangle and the circle, the fractional area of 11 = 6561, and the area of G=5i$3; therefore, the true and primary ratio of circumference to diameter of all circles = 4G, for the ratio of circumference to the area of H for the ratio of diameter; and since G=5i53, and 11 = 6561, therefore the true and primary ratio of circumference to diameter of all circles = 5153 x 4 = 20612 parts of circumference to 6561 parts of diameter." "The proposition is therefore demonstrated, and the quadrature of the circle is demonstrated," Mr. Parker should have added, to be explicit, and exceptional to the Playfair method, "by way of area computation." QUADRATURE. BY PETER METIUS. (Sec. 26.) Some years ago while examining into the reasoning of Mr. Parker, the author found notice of the ratio of Metius. He wrote Mr. Parker, asking him if he was acquainted with the grounds on which Metius obtained it. He replied that he was not; but, upon testing the ratio sent, by his own, he found some very curious numerical relations of difference. Subsequently, in a proposed second edition of his work (published after his death) he notices this ratio and these relations as follows: THE SOUECE OF MEASUEES 233 "The ratio of Metius, known for more than a century past (113 to 355), is the nearest approximation to the truth ever made in whole numbers, but it does not answer the imperative law contained in our twelfth proposition, and therefore it cannot be true. The circumference cannot be divided by four, without a fraction or remainder. By whatever means Metius may have obtained his ratio, its examination shows it to be of the same composition as mine, but im- properly divided. For example, if 113 shall be the diameter of a circle, then circumference (355) is 1-20612 part too little. But if 355 shall be the circumference of a circle, then diameter (113) is 1-6561 too big. It thus affords a very perfect evidence that my ratio 20612 to 6561 is the true one, as we have fully proved it to be." The conclusion thus drawn does not seem to be so manifest as stated. The relation between the two ratios is, however, very, yes, exceedingly remarkable, as the state- ment will show: 20611 20612 : 355 :: 6561 : 112 6561 : 113 :: 20612 : 355 20612 i 6561 (Mr." Parker has confused the results.) The relation seems to be one which has, at some time, been found as a variant on the Parker forms, because of showing the same composition, as he says. The reverse of the case will not hold; for, if the Parker forms be tested by those of Metius no similar relation will be found to exist ; therefore it would seem that those of Metius were derived from those of Mr. Parker. REFLECTIONS ON THE QUADRATURE. BY Mr. PARKER. (Sec. 27.) It is averred that the quadrature by Mr. Parker is of great value. It is not, however, because of the intrinsic value of his work that it is so largely set forth ; 234 nor is it from any immediate motive to advocate or sustain it. It is (i) because his can be shown to be that identical measure which was uced anciently, as the perfect measure, in the construction of the Great Pyramid, which was built to monument -it and its uses', (2) because, from it, the sacred cubit value was derived, which was the cubit value used in construction of the Temple of Solomon, the Ark of Noah, and the Ark of the Covenant the value of all which con- sisted in the value of the measures used; (3) because it affords that Kabbalistic value which before all others , conveys in the Bible the idea of God, the meaning of the term, and the values of his works in the Cosmos ; (4) because the geometrical symbols out of which it is seen to spring, with their primary numbers, are seen to have a kind of elemental relation to each other, and were made use of in the mysteries to convey the esoteric teachings; and finally, (5) because it appears bound up in, and as making a fundamental part of the English system of long and land and time meas- ures. If these statements are true, there will admittedly be no use to assert that it is well worthy of being set forth. All who appreciate the intense labor of research for light upon these matters will attach a value to this work of Mr. Parker far beyond that of the standard method, even though it should be defective, because its value will consist in its being a literary key such as has never yet, it is thought, rewarded the generations upon generations of searchers in the Bible, in mythology, and in the antiquarian fields. In this view, the question simply of its mathematical value is one of the least possible importance as a primary one; although once recognized to have been used as stated, there is no doubt but that it would cause the foundations of the standard methods to be reviewed with an intensity of thought, which might, perhaps, in the end, establish Mr. Parker's method as the one giving a more useful result i.e., perhaps, such an integral one, in area computation, as could be followed or copied after in material construction ; albeit, it might, just as the Play fair method, be, after all, THE SOURCE OF MEASURES 235 but an approximation. With this apology it may be well to suggest some thoughts in relation to this quadrature value, which, to some extent, are worthy of attention, and, to some extent are curious. MR. PARKER'S QUADRATURE VALUES OBTAINED BY AREA COMPUTATIONS. (Sec. 28.) It seems to be of importance, and it will be observed, that, from beginning to end, Mr. Parker seeks the quadrature through area measure, in terms of area, and finally obtains his numerical value of rectification by an area computation. His numerical values are all area values to correspond with his geometrical figures; and even so in this final value, for it is in area terms where it exhibits a neces- sary value of linear measure of circumference. This being the case, it is evident that his computations are susceptible of material realizations, as in object building or copying. If his process is correct, then, under his Proposition XL, he has raised a test by which to work a change on the standard method to make it conform to area conditions and requirements. The fact that independently he has re- produced exactly the same formulae which the ancients had, which formulae had with them application to the same end, viz., relation of diameter to circumference, goes far to prove that his steps of ascertainment must have been the same as with them, though they may have had other and more satisfactory methods of illustrating and enforcing the result. His process seems to depend for its correctness upon the Tightness of his ground of the opposite qualities of the triangle and circle. If this is rightly taken, his numerical integral relation founded on the number 3 must be right. His final step for obtaining the area 5153 of the inscribed circle depends upon the question whether the Legendre, or Playfair approximate, is right as a transcen- dental one. 236 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH CURIOUS FEATURES OBSERVABLE IN THE DE- TAILS OF THE PLAYFAIR METHOD. (Sec. 29.) It must be known that the results as to the value of pi, by Legendre and Playfair, were not of universal acceptation. They were, for instance, criticised as being incorrect, by Torelli, in the preface of an edition of the works of Archimedes, printed at Oxford. Reference is made to this preface, and also to Playfair's comments on the same, as they are to be found in the supplement to Playfair's Euclid. Torelli held, according to Playfair: "That it is impossible, from the relation which the rectilineal figures inscribed in, and circumscribed about, a given curve have to one another, to conclude anything con- cerning the properties of the curvilineal space itself, except in certain circumstances, which he has not precisely des- cribed." The following practical truths seem to the author to be exceedingly remarkable as looking, in this specialized way, toward the support of Torelli's assertion, though no as- sertion must be considered as made that it affects the truth of the general results of the Legendre method. The burden of the effort of Legendre is to show that by the growing diminution and equality between the circum- scribed C' B' and the inscribed C B, the curved line penned up between them becomes measureable ; which curved line at any stage of bisection, being an even and known part of the whole circle, from it the length of the entire cir- cumference, and consequently th^ area of the curved space, is to be had. The measure of this growing equality is al- ways to be tested by the difference of value, at any stage of bisection, between C B and C' B'. In the diagram, which may stand for any stage of bisection C B' is the chord of half the arc, and therefore E E' is B B' for every suc- ceeding bisection. Now, from B', as a center, with C B' as a radius, describe the arc C D. Then C' D will be the quantity which, vanishing by diminution, the triangle THE SOUECE OF MEASUEES 237 C B' C' will eventually become C B' D, and isosceles ; when the curve lying between C B' and D B' must, by hypothesis, become equal to C B', or to D B', as a straight line. Now, as a fact, taking the value C' D (the difference between C B and C' B') and E E', for a number of bisec- tions, and it will seem to show that, with relation to the diminution of C' D, E E 7 is increasing, and by an in- creasing ratio. It becomes a question, on the showing, whether the arc is not, relatively, separating from, instead of approaching the chord. If so, the question is, what is the effect of this? What does it mean? If E E' is thus increasing, what is the value of the arc becoming ? Is there some incompatibility between the geometrical conditions, as presented to the eye and the numerical cal- culations of these forms ? The rigid result of such a con- dition would seem to be that, the ratio increasing, the step would come where, as Mr. Parker avers, C B' curve would necessarily pass in value beyond that of C' B 7 diminished an absurd conclusion, unless some unnoticed incompatibi- lity has existed between the condition of the curve and the calculations of the sides of the polygons. It is possible that this may be the case, since, in fact, the relations be- tween them are not known, but only inferred. Practically, a calculation of the value of pi to 6144 sides of the polygons taken from the base that the perimeter of the polygon of six sides is one with twenty-five ciphers , making the radius one with 6 repeated twenty-four times, yields the following data as to the relation or ratio between C' D and E E', as they respectively diminish with continuing bisections of the arc: 238 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH 6 -sides, C' D EE' i 0.5706 12 sides, C' D EE' j i . 2404 24 .sides, C' D EE' i 2-53 01 48 sides, C' D EE' i 5- 8 47 96 sides, C'D E E' i 10.1818 ,192 sides, C' D EE' i 20.3697 384 sides, C' D EE' i 40. 7426 768 sides, C' D EE' i 81.4882 1536 sides, C' D EE' i 162.9917 which shows a rapid ratio of diminution of C' D with rela- tion to that of E E' : and the practical diminution of C' D may be judged from a statement of its value at 6 sides and 6144 sides, as follows : 6 sides, C' B' 6 sides, C B' C' D, or difference^ 99520298308 6144 sides, C' B /=::::: ooo8522ii623 6144 sides, C B' = ooo8522ii539 C' D, or difference = 84 which simply seems to show that the triangle C B' C' is approaching to being isosceles unattended by a relatively rapid approximation of the chord C B' to the curve C B'. But the relation of this approximation can be had by a statement of the continuing ratios between B B' and E E', and these are as follows : EE' for 6 sides B B' i 3.9318516 E E' for 12 sides BB' i 3.9828897 E E' for 24 sides B B' i 3.9989291 E E' for 48 sides B B' i 3.9997322 E E' for 96 sides B B' i 3.9999330 E E' for 192 sides BB' i 3.9999832 E E' for 384 sides BB' i 3.9999958 E E' for 768 sides B B' i 3.9999989 E E' for 1536 sides BB' i 3.9999997 Does not this simply show that while the ratio of E E' to B B' can never become 1:4, the ratio of C' D to E E' can become i : oo large ? which mathematically expressed means that the triangle C B' C' may become isosceles, THE SOUECE OF MEASURES 239 while yet, absurdly enough, the chord and arc have not as yet assimilated? Not only so, but have separated by a (relatively) infinite quantity. MATHEMATICS (OR THE STATEMENTS OF MATHE- MATICIANS) IS FAMILIAR WITH DEFINITIONS - WHICH ARE UNTRUE. (Sec. 30.) It is unfortunate for mathematics that, in attempting to set forth methods of comparative measures of right and curved lines, it has been found necessary to assume truths as the very groundwork of such measures, which, in fact, and in the nature of things, are not so. As to the Calculus, for instance, its results are taken as exact, when the differentials, which are real quantities belonging to those results, are eliminated ; because, as it is said, on account of their smallness, they can afford to be dropped. The very inception of Newton's "Principia," for another in- stance, is founded upon a geometrically false statement, as regards exactitude of definition palpably so. His "Lemma I." states: "Quantities and the ratio of quantities, which in any finite time converge continually to equality, and, before that time, approach nearer the one to the other, than by any given difference, ultimately become equal." Let A B C be any triangle, and with the length A B as a radius, let the arc B D be drawn to intercept the line A C. Suppose this figure, both for triangle and segment of circle, be continually and propor- tionately reduced, as A B' C', A B' D';the relative differences will never be changed, and, consequently, the ratios of difference will always remain the same. The pioposition is axio- matic, and does not require demon- stration. But take the triangle ABC, with the circular area A B D, as decreasing toward A B, by different and 240 THE GEEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH successive steps, one of which is, say, ABE, with the circular area A B F. By this method, no geometrical ratio can be preserved. The ratio of diminution has to be calculated by numerical combinations. But there being a ratio of diminution, in which the difference between the straight line and the curve is, say, a decreasing one, it is, nevertheless, plainly to be seen that the only equality of the curved line B D with the straight line B C, in any possible diminution, will be when the line A C shall so close upon A B as to wholly coincide with it (as to the value of their lengths now or at last becoming alike), and become, with A B, one and the same line, at which stage or condition there can be neither curved line nor straight left for comparison: therefore, so long as those lines, i. e., C B straight, and B D curve, exist at all, either in whole or in part, there can, by possibility, be no equality between them. Hence the lemma is false in its terminology; nor is it even right in a showing of a growing or proximate equality, as regards the ultimate structure of the lines, as was shown above. There is a certain ridiculousness in the matter, in this, that while the schools assert the impossibility of th^re being an integral relation between circle and square, because of the essential difference between a curved and a right line (which is true to all intents), the possibility of this integral relation is here, by inference, falsely set forth and main- tained. It is because a line has breadth that a curved and straight line are not comparable. Straight and curved lines conceived of as without breadth may be taken as comparable, because of the possibility of their reduction to points. NATURE SEEMS TO AFFORD CONFIRMATORY EVIDENCE THAT MR. PARKER IS RIGHT. (Sec. 31.) Mr. Parker is of the opinion that there is in numbers some, so to speak, flux of notation of quantity, by which geometrical shapes can be integrally noted as THE SOURCE OF MEASURES 24l changing the one into the other. Thus, if he is right, there is a unit square, which is of the denomination of ^--: of 6561 a square area, while it is also at the same time of a denomina- tion of a of a circular area. Evidently, then, what- ever rectuangular figure is represented in terms ,of. this unit square,. its equivalent circular area value in integrals can be given in the same terms; as of a square=-^ - of 6561 5 I S3' } a circular area. It may be that nature assumes r in some of her practical constructions on the, principals of plane and spherical geometry, a least cubit one; and it may be that it is in terms of this least one that she performs her works, approximating the form of a sphere by its use., It may be that Mr. Parker's method is right as a natural mechanical one, while that by Play fair may be right as a transcendental one. It is certain that nature does lend some data,ai touching seme of her methods of construction. The condition of substance to form what is called water, is one resting upon the quality of heat as affecting atomic particles of matter. Heat being but a modification of motion of particles, -a spheroid 01* drop of water is such becatise of its particles being in some peculiarity of motion on themselves, through perhaps the intervention of some subtler substance in which the atoms may act. Thus the globule, or spheroid, of water is formed. The effect of ces- sation of this motion is indicated by a, cessation of spheroid <-hape. Motion giving place to rest, the change is character- ized by change of shape; and this change seems uni- formly to be that, as to shape of particles , of the equilateral triangle as part of a hexagon. On this form, other shapes take place. In one form, at and growing out of the cor- ners of the hexagon, are little squares or. cubes. (See description by Professor Tyndall of .these forms, as becoming manifested in the breaking down of ice particles in the in- terior of a mass, when heat rays are passed through it.) 16 THE GREAT PYEAMID JEEZEH In this shape the substance has become ice. If chemically the components of water are in integral atoms, and if, in its structural form, in passing from shape to shape, it passes from one integral form to another, as lo shape, this would serve as a strong hint that nature recognizes the alliance and interchanges of shapes in subdivisions of wholes not fractions. It is noteworthy that the primary material one here indicated in ice seems to be triangular or pyramidal than cubic; and this in a measure serves to strengthen Mr. Parker's assertations, for it is on the triangle as the natural originator of plane shapes that he raises a least integral in the number 3 , by which to express the value of the circle in terms of the square and cube; and, again, he accom- plishes this by an integral relation, so close to the Play fair transcendental one, that the difference only becomes mani- fested at the sixth decimal place, in a circumference taken to a diameter of unity. PROBLEM OF THREE REVOLVING BODIES. (Sec. 32.) It is thus seen that the process of Mr. Parksr is founded geometrically upon the elements of the circle and of the equilateral triangle, being, as related to each other, the extreme opposites in nature, of which the circle is the primary of all shapes, and hence the basis of all area, and the triangle is the primary in nature of all shapes formed of straight lines, and of equal sides and angles. Of these the equilateral triangle is numerically measurable ; and it being requisite to translate shapes by numbers, as to the conditions required by a least numerical integral value, with which to determine the value of the circle, that integral least number is found to be 3. By means of this shape and this integral he obtains the value of the circle, that shape of greatest extension as compared with the triangle, in terms of the square. Numerically, \/ 1/3 is opposed by 3 2 x 3 2 = 8i=diameter of his square, or the length of its side. 8i 2 6561 =area of his square, in terms of his least numerical integral. The area of the contained THE SOUECE OF MEASUEES 243 ; and, by the process set forth, changing area value to represent rectification, diameter being 6561, circumference = 2 0612. The results, therefore, are: (1) Area of square =6561 Area of contained circle. - . . =5153 (2) Diameter of circle 6561 Circumference of circle . . = 5153x4 =20612 PROBLEM OF THREE REVOLVING BODIES. BY MR. PARKER. (Sec. 33.) Mr. Parker follows up the ascertainment of these data with his problem of three revolving bodies, founded upon the principles of the quadrature. This problem is as follows: PROPOSITION I. "The respective and relative motion of three gravitating bodies revolving together and about each other is as four to three, or one and one-third of one primary circumference. "I have always considered this proposition as self- evident on the face of it, and that no mathematician would deny it and hazard his reputation on sustaining the denial with proof. But as I shall perhaps be called upon for proof, I add here, at some length, the solution of the problem, after my own method as follows : "The problem of three gravitating bodies revolving together and about each other is one which like the quad- rature, has hitherto baffled all attempts of mathematicians to solve. But since this, like others of the kind, is of itself a problem, which is daily performed and consequently solved by the mechanical operations of nature, the failure of mathematicians to reach the solution proves nothing but the imperfection of the reasoning applied to it. "It is a principle, I think, clearly demonstratable , that whatever can be constructed by mechanics out of given magnitudes, can be exactly determined by numbers, and that which cannot be constructed by mechanics out of any given magnitudes, cannot be exactly determined by 244 numbers, having the same relation as the magnitudes one to another. It is for this reason, and for this reason only, that we can not, out of the same magnitudes, construct a. square which is just twice as big as any other perfect square ; neither can we find the perfect root of such a square by decimal numbers. If this reasoning be true, then, because the problem of three gravitating bodies is a mechan- ical operation daily performed in nature, it is hence a thing capable of being proved by numbers. The great difficulty of this problem has arisen, I think, from the impossibility of its full display by diagram, and the difficulty of embrac- ing, in any formulae, all the conditions contained in its elements. The plan of exacting a display by diagram ,of all the geometrical propositions is safe, and perhaps it is the only plan by which the yet untaught mind can be initia- ted into the truths of geometry; but is always necessary in every original demonstration? Are there not other means equally true and equally safe in the hands of one accustomed to examination, and acquainted with the prop- erties of numbers and of shapes? I think there are; and without taking the least unwarrantable latitude, or de- parting from the clearest perceptions of reason, I think this problem, may be easily and accurately solved. "The thing required of every demonstration is, that, it shall give a sufficient reason for the truth which it asserts. But, in order that a reason may b&sufficient, and the con- clusion drawn from it safe, it is necessary, not only that the relations of cause and effect shall be made, clear to our perceptions, but also that the conclusion, when drawn, shall abide the test of practical application. Any demon-, stration which does less than this cannot be relied on, and no demonstration ever made has ever done more than this. "We know very well that things are possible or im- possible to be done, only in proportion as the means applied are adequate or inadequate to the purpose. We know also, that because different principles exist in the various forms THE SOUECE OF MEASUEES 245 of matter, therefore it is impossible to demonstrate every- thing by the same means or same principles. It is a narrow minded prejitd ce, therefore, which exacts that every dem- onstration shall be made by the prescribed rules of science, as ^f science already embraced every principle which exists in nature. Yet none are more frequently guilty of this narrow-mindedness than mathematicians, who of ten require that things shall be done by the means which the written science affords, well knowing at the same time that such means are inadequate. Such has always been the case in respect to the quadrature of the circle. Mathematicians have demanded that it should be demonstrated by the properties of straight lines, knowing at the same time that straight lines are inadequate. Therefore (and therefore only) the thing has been found impossible, and all other demonstrations are rejected, because they cannot be shown by straight lines. I do not consent to such unreasonable- ness of decision; but, in every proposition where the suffi- cient reason is manifest, I hold the proposition to be demon- strated until it can be disproved. "In entering upon the solution of the problem of three gravitating bodies, we must first examine and see of what elements the problem is composed. "The elements which I shall consider in this case, will not be such as a mathematician of the schools would think it necessary to consider. They will be far more simple, more conclusive (for such as the schools can furnish, have yet decided nothing), and I think, more comprehensible, yet equally true to nature (for I consult nature's laws only and not the method or opinions of any other man), and equally accurate and precise with any which can be given by any other method. "And, first, each revolving body is impressed by nature with certain laws making it susceptible of the operation of force, which being applied, impels motion. These laws may all be expressed under the general term forces, which, though various in their nature, possess an equalizing power, THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH controlling each other in such a way that neither can pre- dominate beyond a certain limit; and consequently, these bodies can never approach nearer to each other than a certain point, nor recede from each other beyond another certain point. Hence, these forces are, at some mean point, made perfectly equal, and therefore they may be considered as but one force, and hence but one element in the problem. "Secondly, these revolving bodies have magnitude, shape, density, etc., which affect the operations of force in producing motion. These properties of revolving bodies have all the same inherent power of equalization as forces. For example, if density be greater in one than another, then magnitude will be relatively less, force will be less (the direct force), and the momentum from velocity greater, but the whole shall be equal. On the other hand, if magni- tude be greater, and density less, then force will be greater and velocity less, but the whole shall be equal. "The second element of this problem may, therefore, be comprehended under the term magnitude, which shall include shape, density, and every other quality or condition which affects the operation of force in producing motion, and the whole constitute but one element in the problem, which I term magnitude, as referring to the bodies them- selve; rather than to any of their qualities, as density, gravity, or otherwise. "The third element in this problem is distance, by which I would be understood to mean the chosen distances from one another, at which these bodies perform their revolutions in space. It is well understood, that from the nature of the case, these revolving bodies must take up their mean distances from one another in exact propor- tion to their respective magnitudes and forces, and in proportion as these are greater or less, the distance from each other will be greater or less. Hence, it is seen that the same inherent power of equalization exists in respect to distances as in respect to the forces and magnitudes, and whether their distances from each other be greater or THE SOURCE OF MEASURES 247 less, equal or unequal, they still constitute but one element in the problem. "The fourth and last element in this problem is motion, or velocity, by which distances are to be performed or over- come by revolution. And here again, it will be seen, that because the distances to be thus performed by revolution depend entirely on the chosen distances from one another, and these again depend on magnitude and force, therefore the same equalizing power exists in regard to motion or velocity, as exists in regard to all the other elements, and therefore this also constitutes but one element in the problem, which I will term velocity, as including momen- tum, and every other quality, condition, or effect of motion. "These jour in number, are all the elements necessary for the mechanical performance of the problem, and con- sequently all that are necessary for its determination by numbers; and it has been seen that such is the nature of the problem itself, and the power of these elements over one another, that every other quality or condition affecting either, is equalized by, and held in subservience to these, and these again are equalized by, and held in subservience to one another, and all controlled by magnitude, so that th<* whole constitute but one problem or mechanical operation in which four elements are concerned. "The difficulty of reducing impalpable things to a palpable standard of measure is generally conceded; but, in this case, I think the difficulty does not exist, and that these elements may all be as truly represented by numbers and magnitudes as if they were palpable things in them- selves, having the qualities of length, breadth, and thick- ness. For example, let a stone be a magnitude, having ^hape, bulk, density, etc. Now, a force which can raise this stone one foot from the ground, and hold it suspended there, is, in its relation to the magnitude or stone, exactly equal to one foot of measure; and because the stone is held suspended, and does not descend again, nor rise higher, it is evident that the force and magnitude have become 248 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH equal at that point* of elevation, and therefore, vice versa, the magnitude or stone is, in its relation to the force, exactly equal to one foot of measure, and consequently distance and motion are each seen to be equal to one foot ; and the tame principles of applicability to measure exist in three bodies suspended in space, and made to revolve about each other by forces inherent in themselves. It matters not that other and disturbing forces exist outside or inside the space in which these bodies revolve, because, if another and disturbing force be considered, then it ceases to be a problem of three gravitating bodies; and also, because such disturbing forces, if they exist, operate proportionally on all three of the revolving bodies, and in the course of a revo- lution, and consequent change of relative position, these disturbances must find their perfect equality. "Now, let us suppose that we have here three bodies, revolving together in space by their own gravitating power, and let the magnitudes of these bodies be exactly equal to one another; then their forces shall be equal, their distances equal, and their velocities equal, and it will be seen that they can- not revolve about each other, but must follow each other round a common center, and their relative b motion, in respect to any point in space (as the point or star A) must be on the value of the circum- ference of the circle B, which passes through the center of each body, as in the accom- panying figure. ."Now, let us suppose that each of the elements con- tained in the problem of three gravitating bodies, is an equal portion of the area of the circle which these bodies describe in a revolution; then the circle will be divided from the center into four equal parts, as at the points a, b, c, d, and let each part be equal to one. It will be seen that in each relative change of position, each revolving body passes over THE SOUBCE OF MEASURES 249 an area equal to one and one-third. In other words, their relative motion is as jour to three. So, also, if each element shall be an equal portion of the circumference of the circle B, or an equal portion of the square of the diameter of B, the same result is manifest, and the relative motion of each revolving body is as jour to three of such magnitude as is made the standard of measure. "Again: Secondly. Let the area of the circle inscribed in the equilateral triangle, whose sides make the distance between these revolving bodies, be one, as in the following figure. It is seen that the circle B, whose circumference these bodies describe by their revolution, is four times great- er than such inscribed circle. Hence again, their relative change of position is seen to be as four to three, or one and one-third of the primary magnitude which is made the standard of measure, and (Proposition I, Sec. 31.) it is seen that the circle inscribed in the triangle, (as follows), c forms the basis of the area of that triangle, when it shall be measured by circumference and radius, which are the only legitimate elements of area in all shapes alike. "Again: Thirdly. It i^ seen that the equilateral -triangle [see preceding figure] , whose sides make the distance between these revolv- ing bodies, is an angular shape and being measured in the usual way of measuring angular shapes, its area equals the perpendicular Pd, equal one. Then it is seen that the diameter of the circle B, which these bodies describe in a revolution, is one-third greater than the perpendicu- lar. Hence, in performing a complete revolution, these bodies describe a circumference equal to one and and one third the circumference of one diameter. In other words, their relative motion is again seen to be as four to three of one primary circumference. 250 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH "Fourthly. These bodies, which are revolving together, are known (by hypothesis) to be equal to one another in magnitude, and consequently equal to one another in all the elements concerned in their revolution. Now, let us suppose that their distance from each other equals one. That distance is seen to be the side of an equilateral tri- angle inscribed in the circle B, whose circumference they describe in one complete revolution. [See preceding figure.] Now, the side of an equilateral triangle inscribed in a circle equals the perpendicular from the base of an equilateral triangle, whose side equals the diameter of the aforesaid circle; and therefore, because the square of the side of any equilateral triangle equals one-third added to the square of its perpendicular, and because the square of the side of the equilateral triangle inscribed in B equals only, therefore the square of the diameter of B equals one and one-third. Hence the area of B equals one and one-third the area of a circle whose diameter is one. Hence, in describing the circumference of B, the relative motion of the three re- volving bodies shall be as four to three, or one and one-third the area of a circle whose diameter is one. "By Proposition XII., Sec. 23, it is shown that the true and primary ratio of circumference to diameter of all circles, which can be expressed in whole numbers, is four times the area of one circle inscribed in one square, for the ratio of circumference, to the area of the circumscribed square, for a ratio of diameter. [See preceeding figure] Therefore, it is evident that if the circumference of B shall be resolved into such primary parts as shall express the circumference of one diameter in whole numbers , and in its exact relation to area and diameter, without a remainder in either, then the circumference B shall equal one and one-third of one primary circumference, such as may be expressed in whole numbers; because the area of the square circumscribing B equals one and one-third, when ths side of the equilateral triangle inscribed in B equals one. THE SOUECE OF MEASUKES 251 "Fifth and lastly. These revolving bodies must be supposed to revolve upon a value, in which diameter and area form exact and equal portions, and the only circle in nature whose diameter and area are equal to one another, and identical in numbers is a circle whose circumference is four; hence the relative motion of three bodies of equal magnitude, revolving together, can not be otherwise than one and one-third of such parts. "It is evident from all the foregoing demonstrations, that, if we suppose the elements of which this problem is composed to be magnitudes, and take them as a standard of measure, whether such magnitudes shall be equal portions of the area of a circle, or of its circumference, or of the square of its diameter or wnether we take as our standard of meas- ure the distance between these revolving bodies, which makes the side of a triangle, or the perpendicular of such triangle, or its inscribed circle; in all cases, and in every case, the relative motion of these three revolving bodies must be as jour to three, or one and one-third of such magnitude as is made the standard of measure, and there is no other standard of measure which can be mathematically assumed in the premises which I have not here considered. "The proposition is therefore demonstrated that three gravitating bodies of equal magnitude, revolving together, their relative motion shall be as four to three, or one and one- third of one primary circumference. "It will be obvious to anyone that, in the foregoing demonstration, I have assumed that the magnitude of the revolving bodies are all equal to one another, and hence their forces, distances, and velocities are all equal to one another; consequently they all revolve on the same circumference as shown in the several plates; therefore, they cannot revolve about each other, but must follow each other round a common center. But, in the problem of the revolution of the moon about the earth, and the earth and moon to- gether about the sun ; the magnitudes are all unequal, and hence their distances from each other, their forces and velo- 252 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH cities, are all unequal, and they are known not to follow each other, as in the foregoing demonstration, but to revolve about each other in the order above stated. "It may perhaps, therefore, be inferred that the fore- going demonstration is not applicable to such gravitating bodies. But it must be observed, also, that the equalizing power of all the elements of the problem are in full force and operation here, as well as in the problem just solved, .and that the chosen distances, forces, and velocities are in exact proportion to the relative magnitudes of the bodies revolving; and hence their relative motion shall be still the same, with this difference only, that because the moon revolves about the earth, and the earth and moon together revolve about the sun, therefore their relative motions being expressed by time (which is also relative), the fol- lowing proportions ensue." (Sec. 34.) While Mr. Parker seeks to set forth his own clearly conceived opinions that nature, in the construc- tion of the solar system, and of the cosmos, founds all bodies as to their size, shape, density, motion, relation to each other, and relative motion to each other, upon an underlying law, capable of mental realization and of geomet- rical setting forth, by which, if some one unit fact of these ^phenomena is known, then all these various elements may be had in a correlating and co-ordinating method of nota- tion, he also intends to say that there is one, and but one number form, for a flux through which all these relations may become manifested and known. The base of the law is the relation of the geometrical elements of the triangle, the circle, and the square; the second, or measuring, or notating, stage is the relation of the area and rectification of the circle in terms of the square . Now, these relations may be variously set forth, as of unity for diameter to 3.14159+ for circumference, and so on; but there is but one numerical form for the expression of these relations, through which all these phenomena will correlatively work themselves out, and that is in the Parker forms of 6561 : 5153x4 =206 12, and none oilier; and this is the form on which 253 under his quadrature value, and his problem of three revolving bodies, Mr. Parker proceeds to the calculation of the time periods of the earth and moon. Suppose that nature herself recognizes the division of the solar day into the same subdivisions that man does, viz., 5184000'" (or, in other words, suppose that -man has been taught these number relations from nature, as by revelation, in whatsoever way we may understand it as' coming), as a time circle actually made by the revolution of a planet; and suppose she herself has so adjusted her works that this circle has relation to the abstract relation of square area to circular area and circular rectification in one peculiar number form, and none other, to that she shall preserve harmonious connection in all her works, between geometrical principles of change and the power of trans- lating or notating them through just these number forms, and none other. The conclusion is irresistible that the numer- ical methods, which we as mortals do possess, are, after all, but the very ones which some unseen power has been work- ing by in the very creation of our cosmos, and in some way has actually implanted in us for our Use. The test of this is in the application. Mr. Parker has the right of comparison of two distinct forms of circular use. For instance, a point on the equator performs a circle of time in what we call 360 degrees of space, or 24 hours of time, or 5184000 thirds of last subdivisions of time. Then" 5184 is the index of this work done and of a circular value accomplished". Again, Mr. Parker finds that 5153 is abstractly the area of a circle inscribed in a square of an area of 6561. He has the right to institute whatever comparisons he sees fit between these two relations, because of the common property which they have of being circular admeasurements. But this is but his right, and it does not follow that nature has had any like weakness or any like strength of design. However, she has a measure of her own to mark the same time period, which is in the rising 'and setting of the sun as a fact, or 254 THE GEEAT PYBAMID JEEZEH in the alterations of day and night. If Mr. Parker's uses are such that nature's use is seen accurately to fit and adapt to them, then instead of speaking of "Mr. Parker's applica- tions" we can say and should say "Nature's applications as discovered by Mr. Parker." (Sec. 35.) Mr. Parker takes the characteristic value of a solar day as a circular admeasurement in its division of 5184. With this he claims that in nature, the abstract value of circular area is connected in mechanical construc- tion , which value is 5 1 5 3 . As the one is the solar day value in thirds, so he makes the second the abstract circular value in thirds, or like denomination. He says: "The length of one 'circular day' is 5153000'" "The length of one 'solar day' is 5184000'" "The length of one 'sidereal day' is 5169846'" "The difference between one circular and one solar day is 8' 36" 40'" (or, it is 31-000"', the differential 31 being a number of great use) . "The difference between one circular and one sidereal day is 4' 40" 46'"." His relation of area of square to that of inscribed circle is: area of square, 6561; area of inscribed circle, 5153. His relation of rectification is: diameter of circle, 6561; circumference of circle, 5153 x 4 : =2o6i2. His general formula for the calculation of time periods, under his "problem of the revolving bodies," is: 2061 2x4 = 27482. 666 + , and this x =36643.555 + , o 3 in which the base is the area of the inscribed circle x by 4 = its rectification; the second term is numerically the value of the moon's lunation, and the third is the base of the calcula- tion of the solar year. To illustrate what has been said: Take the second term as the value of the moon's lunation; numerically it is the value of abstract circumference, plus one-third of itself, and Mr. Parker says of it that it is "the value of the moon's passage around the earth over the value of one complete circle in space, in circular days"; that is, THE SOURCE OF MEASURES 255 it is in terms of the abstract value of 5153 and in its de- nominations, for it was raised from it. Reduce this to solar time, thus: 27482666 + x * I ^ 3 = 273183220164+ : 5 184000 Take this result as 27 .3183220164 + 50^ days, and reduced to the proper divisions of solar time, there results 27d. 7h. 38' 23" i'" 20"". Now, this result is too small for a sidereal lunation by the quantity 4' 40" 46'", but strangely enough, or rather magnificently enough, as proving all that has been advanced, this quantity as will be seen by reference to the differences above, is just the difference between one circular and one sidereal day, that difference being just 4' 40" 46"'. Thus there are the integral calculations: (i.) The Parker abstract form, raised by his problem of three revolving bodies, to a numerical value of a sidereal lunation, which, (2.) reduced to solar circular value, by the addition of the difference between the abstract circular value and the real sidereal value of a solar day, gives the real mean lunation in natural periods of days. There could be no stronger proof that in our resultant number forms of 360 degrees, 24 hours, and 5184000"', we have simply been making use of a system with which we have had no hand or part in its invention. It is to be observed that this result is one-fifth of one second in a lunar month, less than the period given in astronomical time. But let it be remember- ed that from the received astronomical value, it has been inferred that with regard to ancient astronomical time, the moon's motion has been accelerated, and this has given rise to the opinion that the solar system of movement is winding down, or closing up. By Mr. Parker's time, on this same ground, the moon's is shown to be equable and perfectly true to itself, going to show that the solar system is not a system of projectiles, but is a permanency, having a far more subtle and life-like cause of movement. The third term of Mr. Parker's application of his prob- lem of three revolving bodies, is 36643.555 + , which he 256 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH says is "the exact value'of the earth's passage around the sun, over the value of one complete circle in space, in circular days"; and on this he proceeds to the reduction to the exact. period of the earth in solar time. (Sec. 36.) His periods of time agree to a marvelously small fraction with the standard periods. The following tabulation shows this: (i.) A SIDEREAL LUNATION. Astronomical time i 2jd. 7h. 43' 4" By: Mr. Parker , - 2 7 d. ?h. 43' 3" 47 '" *>"" (2,.) A SOLAR LUNATION. Astronomical time as usually given 2gd. lah. 44' 3" By Mr. Parker 296.. rah. 44' 2" .84 The synodic period, as given by . McKay, the English navigator icjd. i2h. 44' 2" 48'" By Mr. Parker: at;d. iah. 44' *" 50'" 31"" (3.) A MEAN"YEAR. Astronomical time as given "sixty-one years since," 3^sd. sh. 48' 49'.' "By the latest authorities as taken from a work of Dr. Dick" 36501. $h. -48' 51" By Mr: Parker 53*i? $6$d. $h. 48' 50" 53'" 6"" (4.)^, SOLAR! YEAR. Astronomical : time 3^5^. sh. 48' 6" By- Mr.; Parker ' 3653. jh. 48' 6" i'" 6"" s-u^'Sec. 37.) The above statements are given to exhibit the use made by Mr. Parker of his problem of three revolv- ing bodies, based on his abstract circular values, and the use of the factors 4 and 3 in the formula 2061 2xi. = 27482.66 -f , and this x ~ 36643. 55+ ; t the use of which factors will be shown to be very prominent in the pyramid works and measures. And here, as in relation to his Quadrature, it is stated distinctly, that the setting forth of the problems - or claims of Mr. Parker are not in any way as affirming either his establishment of the Quadrature or o-f the problem of three revolving bodies. // is absolutely necessary to set THE SOUECE OF MEASUEES 257 forth the results of his labors, because it will be shown beyond all controversy, that the construction of the Great Pyramid was the architectural display of his results; and without the use of his conclusions and results, it will forever prove impossible to reconstruct that mass agreeably to the conception of the architect. THE ANSATED CROSS OF THE EGYPTIANS AND THE CHRISTIAN CROSS THE EMBLEMATIC DISPLAY OF THE ORIGIN OF MEASURES. (Sec. 38.) If it is desired to display the process of the establishment of the co-ordinating unit of measure spoken of, by way of symbol, it would be by the figure of the cube unfolded ^ in connection with the circle, whose measure is taken off onto the edges of the cube. The cube unfolded becomes, in superficial display, a cross proper, or of the tau form, and the attachment of the circle to this last gives the ansated cross of the Egyptians , with its obvious meaning of the origin of measures. Because, also, this kind of measure was made to co-ordinate with the origin of human life, it was secondarily made to assume the type of the pudenda hermaphrodite, and, in fact, it is placed by repre- sentation to cover this part of the human person in the Hindu form. It is very observable that, while there are but six faces to a cube, the representation of the cross as the cube unfolded, as to the cross-bars, displays one face of the cube as common to two bars, counted as belonging to either; then while the faces originally represented are but 6, the use of the two bars counts the square as 4 for the up- right and three for the cross-bar, making seven in all. Here we have the famous 4 and 3 and 7. The 4 and 3 are the factor numbers of the Parker problem. But, what is very much .to the purpose here, is, that the golden candle- stick in the temple was so composed that. Counting on either side, there were four candle-sockets; while, at the apex, there being one in common to both sides, there were 17 258 THE GREAT PYEAMID JEEZEH in fact 3 to be counted on one side and 4 on the other, making in all the number 7 , upon the self -same idea of one in common with the cross display. Take a line of one unit in breadth by 3 units long, and place it on an incline ; take another of 4 units long, and lean it upon this one, from an opposite incline, making the top unit of the 4 in length the corner or apex of a triangle. This is the display of the candlestick. Now, take away the line of three units in length, and cross it on the one of 4 units in length, and the cross form results. The same idea is conveyed in the six days of the week in Genesis, crowned by the seventh, which was used by itself as a base of circular measure. (Sec. 39.) These are symbols of ancient use of the Parker forms and their connections. It serves but to confirm this use to notice the conclusion to which Professor Seyffarth arrived at from the study of the Egyptian hiero- glyphic signification of the ansated cross. It will be ob- served that this cross, being surmounted by the circle, or circular figure, in fact roughly represents the form of a man, with arms extended. Professor Seyffarth says: "It represents, as I now believe, the skull with the brains, the seat of the soul, and with the nerves extending to the spine, back, and eyes or ears. For the Tanis stone translates it repeatedly by anthropos (man), and this very word is alphabetically written (Egyptian) ank. Hence we have the Coptic ank, vita, properly anima, which corresponds with the Hebrew anosh, properly meaning anima. The Egyptian auki signifies my soul." It is curious that this Hebrew equivalent, Anosh, for "man" by Prof. Seyffarth, reads numerically 365 i, which could be intended to mean either 365 + i =366, or 365 1 = 364, or the time phases of the solar year, thus shadowing forth the astronomical connection. The Hebrew word for a lunar year, "shanah," directly connects the idea of "man" with an astronomical value, as also an abstract circular value. As said, the two values of 113 to 355 and 6561 to 20612 are, as it were, welded THE SOURCE OF MEASURES 259 together in ancient use. The attachment of a man to the cross would be, in display, the symbol of such welding. In fact, this is a plainer and more perfect symbolization of the ancient use than any other. It was one made use of in this form of display by the Hindus. In fact, the Old Testa- ment is rabbinically and kabbalistically familiar with the expression of crucifying a man, or men, before the Lord and ike sun. In symbol, the nails of the cross have for the shape of the heads thereof a solid pyramid, and a tapering square obeliscal shaft, for the nail. Taking the position of the three nails in the man's extremities, and on the cross they form or mark a triangle in shape, one nail being at each corner of the triangle. The wounds, or stigmata, in the extremities are necessarily jour, distinctive of the square; and, as in the candlestick, there have been two used as one, or rather one used as two, in the connection of the three nails with the jour extremities. The three nails with the three wounds are in number 6, which denotes the six faces of the cube unfolded, on which the man is placed; and this in turn points to the circular measure transferred onto the edges of the cube. The one wound of the feet separates into two when the feet are separated, making three together for all, and four when separated, or 7 in all another and most holy feminine base number. PRIMORDIAL VESTIGES OF THESE SYMBOLS Under the general view taken of the nature of the number forms of Mr. Parker, it becoms a matter of research of the utmost interest as to when and where their existence 260 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH and their use first became known. Has it been a matter of revelation in what we know as the historic age a cycle exceedingly modern when the age of the human race is contemplated? It seems, in fact, as to the date of its possession by man, to have been further removed, in the past, from the old Egyptians than are the old Egyptians from us. (Sec. 40.) (i.) THE EASTER ISLES in "mid- Pacific" located about 2,300 miles from the S. W. coast of South America, in 27 6' S. Lat., and 109 17' W. Long., present the feature of the remaining peaks of the mountains of a submerged continent, for the reason that these peaks are thickly studded with cyclopean statues, (some of which exceed 27 feet in height), remnants of the civilization of a dense and cultivated people, who must have of necessity occupied a widely extended area. On the backs of these images is to be found the "ansated cross," and the same modified to the outlines of the human form. A full descrip- tion with plate showing the land, with the thickly planted statues, also with copies of the images, is to be found in the January number, 1870, of the "London Builder". Some of the statues exhibiting the markings of the cross, it is thought, are in the British Museum. It will be noted, that the "Easter Isles" are the exact "antipodes" of the territory of Southern Egypt, immediately surrounding the Great Pyramid Jeezeh. 'This will, in a manner, account for (at least) a partial preservation of the "Easter Isles" during the last cataclysm, occupying as they do, the poising point of the earth, exactly opposite the Great Pyramid. (2.) CRUCIFIED MAN OF SOUTH AMERICA. In the "Naturalist," published at Salem, Mass., in one of the early numbers (about 36), is to be found a description of some very ancient and curious carving on' the crest walls of the mountains of South America, older by far, it is averred, than the races now living. The strangeness of these tracings is in that they exhibit the outlines of a man, stretched out on a cross, by a series of drawings, by which THE SOUKCE OF MEASUEES 261 from the form of a man that of a cross springs, but so done that the cross may be taken as the man, or the man as the cross; thus exhibiting a symbolic display of the interde- pendency of the forms set forth in the text. THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE GREAT PYRAMID. (Sec. 41.) To a mind unbiased by the possession of previous fixed theories, the assertion that the Great Pyra- mid of Egypt was built for the dual purpose (i.) "to perpet- uate a series of weights and measures, astronomical and otherwise, containing a system of mathematical and geo- metrical admeasurement," and (2.) for an "Initiates Asylum wherein adepts were obligated in the hidden mysteries," can be received with credulity and the only possible theory left, but what has already been investigated and in the main found wanting. None but proof of an extra- ordinary kind as to ability to reconstruct, after the mental conception of what the architect intended to represent, ought to become, or will become, acceptable. This is especially the case where the time of the building of the mass dates back beyond what may "be called the historic age, and where every theory advanced must rest for sup- port upon its own intrinsic merit, unsupported by positive evidence of any kind.filtering through the historical channels of the world. The further step required is, 01 eliminating all theory, and all probability, and all possibility, leaving a standard of measure as fixed and rigid, for instance as the English inch. As a sequence to this, the restoration of the mass is to be made in terms and divisions of this measure. Sub- ject to these considerations, and they seem to be fair and pertinent, if a standard of measure can be arrived at, as a rigid and fixed one, derivable from an elemental source, by use of which a structure can be erected, as to its whole and most of its parts, similar to that of the Great Pyramid in its geometrical shapes, and in such manner that the evidence is convincing that the actual measure of its original 262 construction is being used, then, indeed, the recognition of that standard, its source, and its use in that connection, it is thought, should be conceded, even though the particulari- ties of the method of use may not be certain. Before closing this work in a coming chapter, we shall attempt to show that there are other and even more im- portant rooms in this great asylum, than have yet been exposed to "eavesdroppers" and the vulgar public. To any that have "traveled extensively" or knocked at the outer portals of any of the principal Secret Organizations, will recognize in the great stone Sphinx, a part and parcel of the Great Pyramid. You may call it, the Tyler, or Sentinel, or Outer Guard, etc., through which, some time in the future, the entrance to the Great Pyramid will be effected, and not via the northern, narrow, astronomical passage, built only for the purpose of exposing to an initiate, his "guiding star" during his travels. (Sec. 42.) Professor Piazzi Smythhas given to the world a mass of measures of this structure. He was laboriously, and even painfully, careful in their taking, on a measure adjusted to the British standard at Edinburgh, even to the balancing and dwelling upon tenths and sometimes hun- dredths of inches. He had found such discrepancies in the measures of the multitudes of those who had preceded him that he was prepared beforehand for his work. Besides, he desired to discover who of those others had done their work well. Of those who had preceded him, he found the measures of Col. Howard Vyse, of the French savants, and of Professor Greaves, exact and reliable. That it is next to impossible to have measuring in- struments alike, though taken from a same standard; and it is almost impossible that, even though having the same measures, their uses will bring out the same results. Dis- crepancies are liable, from these causes, to show themselves in tenths of inches, and even more, where lengths of thirty or more feet are taken. No one better appreciated this statement than Professor Smvth. THE SOURCE OF MEASURES 263 As to the objects of construction of the Great Pyramid of Egypt: the one most generally accepted is, that of an astronomical center, from the facts that the north base side of the structure coincides with the parallel of 30 north latitude, and that the mass, as to its sides, evidenced by its corner socket lines, are oriented more perfectly than could be expected of human ability today. The Rev. Mr. Taylor, who made this structure a study in his day, saw its geometrical side more than any other, and thought that it was so built that its height should be to one-half its circumference as diameter to circumference of a circle. Corroborated later by the measurements of Prof. Smyth; who upon carefully taken measures, linear and angular, and upon computation, comes to the result that the structure was: In height, 486 feet 2 inches; and that its base side was, by the measures of Col. Howard Vyse, in length, 764 feet, and by the measures of the French Corps, 763.62 feet. STANDARD MEASURES OF THE KING'S CHAMBER. (Sec. 43.) Take, as one set of derivations in detail, the dimensions of the King's chamber: (i.) 206. 1 2 inches -+- 1 2 = 10 cubits + , or 17. 1766 + feet. (2.) 17. i766 + feetx2 = 2o cubits + , or 34. 3533 + feet. / \ . 17280 (3.) 20.612 -L 16 or 10 34-3533 x - 18 = 19.0851+ feet. Which measures, agreeably to the conditions, are th e measures, taken at the standard, of the King's chamber', (i.) or 17 . 1766 + , being standard breadth, (2.) or 34. 3533 + being standard length, and (3.) or 19.0851 + , being the standard height, all in English feet; subject to variations therefrom for special purposes, as will be shown. The measures of this chamber, as given by Prof. Smyth are: breadth, 17.19 fr-et; length, 34.38 feet; height, from 264 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH 19.1 feet to 19.179 feet. (As to height, Professor Smyth gives his measures 19.1 to 19.179, with allowance, or as conjectured, because of the broken state of the floor when he took them. "Floor broken up thus since the measures of Col. Howard Vyse." His measure for height was 19.1 feet.) ACTUAL PYRAMID MEASURES, AS ENLARGE- MENTS ON THE STANDARD, WITH THE REASON FOR THE VARIATION. (Sec. 44.) The following is a method of variation on the standard measures as given; and one which seemingly controls the entire pyramid structure. The Parker ele- ments are 20612 to 6561. The cubit value is 20,612^-12 = i .71766 + feet; and 10 cubits are 17. 1766 + feet. If the value of diameter 6561 taken as feet, be divided by 17.- 1766+, or the measure of 10 cubits, thus derived, the quotient will be 381.97166 + feet. This method is given for its results in the actual measure desired. This, in effect, is the same as the division, or quotient, of diameter value of 6561 by circumference value, or 20612, under a formulation to obtain a diameter value to a cir- cumference of unity, thus : (i.) 20612 16561 :: i ; .3183097 + , and, (2.) 31.83097x12=381.97166 + , and this x 2 = 763.94333. The effect is a very curious one. Take the following: 4 2 (3.) 20612 x = 36643.55-^48 = 763.407 + , 3 2 where the standard base side is obtained from the primary circumference value. By (i.), 31830907 is a diameter value, and raising it as shown, it becomes 763 . 94333, being almost the same by comparison. Then, working in circumference values, the standard pyramid measures are found; working in diameter values, the exactitude comes by the enlargement. Referred to a primary principle, original circumference is 20612; changing to diameter value, it becomes 20626.47001 +. THE SOURCE OF MEASURES 265 (45.) The standard of the size of the pyramid is, 763.4074+ feet. The half of this is 381. 7037+ feet. Compare this value with that obtained by the method of variation shown in (Sec. 44.): standard, 381.7037 + , variation, 381.9716 + . This last multiplied by 2 = 763 . 94333 + feet for the side of base of pyramid, instead of 763 .4074 + feet; and let it be assumed that this was, in fact, a variation taken on the standard measure, yet one growing out of the Parker elements. Taking the base side at 763.94333+ feet, the propor- tionate height of the mass would be, 486.341+ feet, in- stead of 486 feet as by the standard. This measure of the pyramid's base agrees with that taken by Col. Howard Vyse, as follows: Vyse, 764.000 feet, Above 763-943 + feet, Difference. 05 6+ feet, or, to be within less than one inch in 9168 inches. If this variation on the standard be applied, for the admeasurements of the king's chamber, to ascertain the enlargements on the standard, there will result the following differences: viz. less in breadth, by 13-10000 (.0013) of a foot; less in length, by 26-10000 (.0026) of a foot; and less in height by 15-10000 (.0015) of a foot. Or, literally the difference has become so inappreciable that there is no method of ascertainment as to what the correct admeasure- ment is by any practicable test of actual measure. //, however, a law can be ascertained, which will in its fulfill- ment demand the use of these variations on the standard, then they should be considered as data correctly taken. There is such a law; and its demands as to their nature coincide with the spirit or genius of the pyramid structure, as a measure of time. ENUNCIATION OF THE LAW. (Sec. 46.) The very great value of the number 6 as a factor, is at once recognized in the base of the English (British and U. S.) long and land measures, and also in the 266 THE GKEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH construction of the celestial time circle. That circle is of the value of 360; it is divided into minutes, seconds, thirds, etc., in the scale of 6o'=i, 60" = i', 6o'"r=i", and so on. This circle is subject to another division, as applied geographically to the earth, where 360-^- 24 = 15 to the hour of longitude, where 24 is also a multiple of 6, as 6 x 4 = 24, and where each degree =. 6 9+ miles English. The primary division of this circle is on the base of 6 parts, subdivided for each part into 3600 parts, or 6 x 3600 = 21600'; or, 360 x 60' 21600'. Now, by the variation on the Parker elements (stan- dard), worked out, as seen, through the simple use of the elements themselves, the result is obtained of a diameter value (by change on a circumference value), of 190985 + . From enlarged length of the King's Chamber, viz., 34.- 3774 x = 19.0985. This factor, 6, which is of such great 18 value, .is not taken empirically, merely because it proves to be of such great practical use in the admeasurement and subdivision of time periods of land measuring rests, or stops, but it is a legitimate circumference value, derivable from this variation on the standard of the Parker elements of diameter and circumference, for (i .) 6561: 20612 :: 381. 97166: 1200:: 190.985+ :6oo:: 1.90985 :6 ; where thereduction from - =3i8309 + x 12=^38197166 20612 or 381 .97166, divided by2 = 190.985, becomes 17. 1766 the diameter value of a circumference of 600; or, i .90985 becomes the diameter value of a circumference of 6; and this properly, and rightly, and exactly, belongs to the use of the Parker elements ; so, this height of the king's chamber is diameter to a circumference of 60. See the play of change! The Parker circumference 20612, changed to a diameter value of variation, gave the exactitudes of measure of the pyramid in diameter for circumference terms. THE SOUECE OF MEASURES 267 Among these is the height of the king's chamber, which now turns out to be a means of regetting an integral cir-. cumference value, in the Number 6, or 60. The obtaining of this end seems to be the law of pyramid actual construction. 216, 6 3 (2.) 19.0985 inches x or = 412. 5294 + inches, 10 10 which equals the length of the king's chamber in inches, as the enlargement or variation on the standard; and, (3.) 6561 : 20612 :: 412.5294 + : 1296; or, there results, the length of the king's chamber, in inches, as a diameter value, proportioned to the number of inches in the square yard British, as a circumference; and it is well to reflect that 1296 x 4 = 5184, the characteristic value of one solar day reduced to thirds. 41259. 24 : 129600 (4.) -=6875.48+ : 21600, and, 6 . 6875.48 : 21600 (5.) - = 19.0985 :6o; 360 where the celestial, or geographical earth, circle of (6 x 60, or) 360 x 60', equals 21600' of division, in terms for cir- cumference to height of the king's chamber as diameter. This, as a foundation, embraces all the time subdivisions of that circle into hours ( 24 equal to i solar day of I I 2 J x 1000 = 5184000"', as well as the distance divisions of the circumference of the earth in miles to the degree), minutes, or primes, seconds, and thirds. So, also, as to the width of the king's chamber. (6.) 6561 : 20612 :: 206 . 264 + inches : 648 inches. So the law of construction of the pyramid is assumed to have been found on this showing. NOTE : That the base side of the pyramid, by actual measure, being thus shown to be a diameter of 763.943 + to a circumference of 2400 feet, this is 24 x 100, and 24 is four times the factor 6. The base of the pyramid, then, would be co-ordinately represented by a square of 24, or 268 THE GEEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH 6 x 4 = 24, to the side; and this is the Garden of Eden form: and, also, it is the square Hebrew Zodiac of the 12 months. THE DISCOVERY OF THIS LAW. (Sec. 47.) The discovery of this law, and of its appli- cation, arose from a suggestion of thought on reading a passage in the "Historical View of the Hindu Astronomy," by Mr. John Bentley. It is almost evident that one inten- tion of the architect of the pyramid, has been exactly reproduced in the use of a numerical system; and this accomplishment is but the going back to the original sources of the numerical instrumentalities which are in use today. Considering the value of this discovery, it is appropriate to give the original notes made on the subject as follows: A very remarkable blending of all these systems can be given, arising from the actual method used by the Hindus for tne calculations of sines, tangents, cosines, cotangents, etc., which belongs to their most ancient system of astrono- mical calculations. This method is given by Mr. John Bentley, in his ''Historical View of the Hindu Astronomy" (Sec. 3, page 156). He is giving the various values for the computations of the value -of pi, one after the other, until coming to one very nearly approximating the true relation, he says: "But Argabhatta, in the iyth chapter, in speaking of the orbits of the planets, gives us a nearer approach to the truth; for he there states the proportion as 191 to 600, or as i : 3. 14136, which gives the circumference a small matter less than the proportion of Bhaskara in the Lilavati. This, however, is not the invention of Argabhatta; for it is employed in the Brahma Siddhanta, Surga Siddhanta, and by all astronomers before the time of Argabhatta, as well as since, for computing the tables of sines, etc., though not immediately apparent. Thus, in computing the sines, they take the radius at 3438', and the circumference they divide into 21600'; the diameter is therefore 6876: hence the proportion is 6876 : 21600. Reduce these numbers THE SOUECE OF MEASUEES 269 to their last terms by dividing them by 36, the result will be 191 : 600, as stated by Argabhatta." Mr. Bentley, greatly familiar with Hindu astronomical and mathematical knowledge ; not as a foreigner studying the reach of a nation in such matters, but as a resident in Hindustan of some fifty years. -This statement of his may, then, be taken as authentic. The same remarkable trait, among so many Eastern and ancient nations, of sedulously concealing the arcana of this kind of knowledge, is a marked one among the Hindus. That which was given out to be popularly taught, and to be exposed to popular inspection, was but the approximation of a more exact but hidden knowledge. And this very formulation of Mr. Bentley will strangely exemplify the assertion; and, explained, will show that it was derived from a system exact beyond the European one, in which Mr. Bentley himself, of course, trusted, as far in advance of the Hindu knowledge, at any time, in any generation. "This formulation is the taking of a radius of 3438 to obtain a circumference to be divided into 21600 equal parts. The diameter would be 6876, and the reduction of this by 36 would be 191. Now 216 is 6 3 , or," 36 x 6, whichshows use of a system founded on a multiple of which 6 is the basic factor; 3438- is an exceedingly near approach to a pure circumference value, which goes to show, as it is used as a radius, that which has been so observable here- tofore of the expression of diameter, or straight line, values in terms of circumference. "Take the reduction of 2061 2, the Parker circumference value, that give the dimensions of the king's chamber: (i.) 20612-^-600 = 34.3533 + feet = standard length. (2.) 20612-^-1200 = 17 1 7 66 + feet = standard width. (3.) 20612-^-1080^ 343.533-^- 18 > =19.0851 + feet =standard height. 190 . 85 1 -=- TO J "These are the standard measures of these dimensions, for comparison; or, on which variations are raised in the 270 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH working out of various problems for which they were the base. Take it that this Hindu problem involves these measures, and that the system of factoring by 6 is intro- duced, by which with these measures to work out tables of sines, cosines, tangents, cotangents, etc., and for calcula- tions of planetary times, or distances. So (i.) perfect cir- cular elements are required; and (2.) the circumference of these elements is to be divided into 21600 equal parts. Cannot the Hindu system be traced back to an absolutely perfect one, based on the Parker elements? And, at the same time, cannot this same Hindu system be attached through the same Parker elements, by actual measures, to the king's chamber, the passage way therefrom, and to the ante-chamber works? If this can be done plainly, and mathematically, it will be an important achievement. MEASURES AS ACTUALLY MADE OR COMPUTED IN TERMS OF THE ENGLISH INCH AND FOOT. (Sec. 48.) Height (estimated or computed by Prof. Smyth) , in feet 486 . 2 Side of base (French measures) in feet 763 .62 Side of base (Col. Vyse's measures), in feet 764.0 Length of King's Chamber, in feet 34 . 38 Width of King's Chamber, in feet I 7- I 9 Height of King's Chamber, in feet iQ 1 EQUATORIAL AND POLAR DIAMETERS OF THE EARTH. (Sec. 49.) Equatorial diameter (as ascertained) of the earth in feet 41,852,864 + Polar diameter (as ascertained) in feet 41,708,710 + Difference 144,154 + Equatorial diameter in English miles 7,926.9268 Polar diameter in English miles 7,899.6248 Difference 27 . 3020 THE SOURCE OF MEASURES 271 Let the values of the earth's diameters be taken at, for Equatorial diameter .................. 41,854,174+ feet And another at some other point. . ..... 41,739,954+ feet Difference is. ... .......... . . 114,219.758 If the larger diameter be divided by this difference the quotient will be 366.4355 + , and this is numerically that i ,2 value springing from the Parker elements of 206.12 x = ; : 3 2 366.4355 +, which as he says, is "the exact value of the passage of the earth about the sun over one complete circle in space in circular days'; and used otherwise for pyramidal purposes, is in 36643.55 inches the standard circumference of the pyramid. [The question has been raised, by what authority Parker points this value at 366.4355 + , and in truth he is not clear on this. But a way can be shown, by throwing 2o6 I 2 the values from inches into feet, thus: - = 1.71766 feet, 12000 or the value of one cubit; 120 cubits, then, is 206. 12 feet, ,2 and this x =366 . 4355 + , as the Parker time day value, J thus shown to be in British feet.] In this formulation, since the smaller diameter taken is less than the dividend by the amount of the divisor, the quotient of the smaller divided by the difference, will be one less than the first quotient, or 365.4355 + . There results : ' x 114-9.758= ., 365-4355 j 1 41, 739.954 + feet where the products are the return of the diameter values of the earth as taken. THE DIMENSIONS OF THE DESCENDING PASSAGE WAY. (Sec. 50.) [NOTE. This (misnamed) 'entrance' or "descending passageway" of the Great Pyramid is located 272 THE GEEAT PYRAMID JEEZEH on the north side of that structure, at a point 24.42 feet east of the axial line of the pyramid, and begins its descent in a southerly direction at a point 49 feet above the pave- ment. To get to the mouth of this (misnamed) "entrance passageway," when the north pavement was clear from sand and other debris, and the angle casing stones were all in position, a visitor would have had to scale the side of the pyramid at an angle of 51 51' 41.3", up 49 feet, then shorten his height (by crouching) to 47 inches, to be able to descend this narrow 'passage' at an angle of 26 for 82 feet, before he, .could stand erect. A very improbable proposition.- For these and other tangible reasons, we shall presently state that this was not the original entrance to the building; in fact, never intended as an entrance at all. Another, and the real entrance, will be named to all those worthy and well qualified to enter, before closing the final chapters of this work.] The questions as : to the descending passageway may now be taken up. Jt has been seen that all the measures of this pyramid have their origin in the relation of circumfer- ence and diameter values of a circle. It will be exceedingly appropriate that in the act of entering the passageway, one should, as a matter of fact, enter through the actual expression of those values.^ Such seems to have been the case. Col. Vyse's measures of this passage are: (i .) Breadth .........41.5 inches Height perpendicular to incline. .. .47 .o inches Professor Smyth's measures are grouped together, as means of a series i and are as follows: (2.) Breadth near bottom 41.61 to 41.46 inches Breadth near top 41 .63 to 41 .41 inches Mean of all. 41 . 53 inches (3.) Height perpendicular to incline: West side of floor 47. 1 6 to 47.30 inches East side of floor 47 . 14 to 47.32 inches Mean of all 47-24 inches but he characterizes this measure as 47.3 inches. 273 (4.) Height verticle to base of pyramid: In one place, 52.68 inches; in another place, 52.36 inches. There seems to be very little, if any, difference between the dimensions of the descending, and of the ascending, passageway; and, as the red granite portcullis blocks seem to have been intended to give these measures, it is well to give Prof. Smyth's measures of the same, viz: (5.) Height perpendicular to incline 47-3 inches Breadth 41.6 inches Height verticle to base of pyramid . . . .53.0 inches (Sec. 51.) THE TROWEL FACE- The commence- ment of the pyramid proper was by placing an ideal pyramid in a sphere. In that problem, all the pyramid elements of construction are displayed. So that a mason's trou'el constructed after those proportions, on the scale of the English inch, would afford to the mason the whole elaborate plan of his work with the relations of the elements from whence these plans took their rise. Let us now diverge from the pyramid proper, for an investigation of the meas- urements of the Temple of Solomon. It was an old tradition that in the accomplishment of any great and good work involving the more abstruse and recondite knowledges, the workmen would be beset by the powers of the realms of darkness, with their frights, and horrors, and scares. As against these the master workman would protect his work by the display of the seal of Solomon, the wise man, and the king, even over the Efreets, the Jinn, and the Jann. But even here, he had to summon up an amazing amount of resisting force ; nor could he do this unless by the assistance of the unseen powers of light, of truth, and of goodness. As encouragement to the failing power and courage of the master workman, on whom the whole charge rested, a voice, like as the Bath-Col, Daughter of the Voice, would come, in terms, like the following, which were given to Hasan El Basrah in his terrible trials: is 274 THE GEEAT PYEAMID JEEZEH "I disposed thine affair at the time when them wast in thy mother's womb, "And inclined her heart to thee so that she fostered thee in her bosom : "We will suffice thee in matters that occasion thee anxiety and sorrow : "So, submit to us, and arise: we will aid thee in thy enterprise." THE TEMPLE OF SOLOMON. (Sec. 52.) Kabbalistic tradition, passed down in Succoth, states that when Solomon was about to erect the temple, he found the measure wherewith to build it, by placing the name of Jehovah upon the round mouth of the well hole in digging the foundations; and, again, it is said, by placing this name upon the 'bung-hole' of a cask. The round mouth and the bung-hole were circles. The Israelites converted circular and spherical measures into square and cubic measures, in their representations of them. It will be shown that the, or one of the, values of the name /ehovahwas that of the diameter of a circle ; and it especially meant the unit measure of a right-line, or sqaare surface, or cube-solid, having a purely circular value. Hence the definition of the architectural idea of construction is thus conveyed in Succoth, if this was the channel of the tradition. The description of the temple measures are to be graded in the following order : (i.) From the Book of Kings. (2.) From the descrip- tion of the Tabernacle; because it was perfect in all its proportions, and Solomon could do no more than to re- produce it, however much he might vary the style of archi- tecture. (3.) From the Book of Chronicles, not so authentic but rather a targum, or paraphrase, on Kings; and (4.) from fosephus. DETAILS OF DESCRIPTION. (a.) The entrance to the temple faced toward the east, and the holy of holies was in the extreme west end. THE SOURCE OF MEASURES 275 As to the ground plan, the description in I Kings 6, is concise, plain, and specific. This ground plan has three distinctly separated parts: (i.) The house, 'Bayith.' (2.) The temple, or open vault of heaven, before the face or door of the house, 'Hecal.' (3.) The porch before the face or door of the temple, 'Olaum.' Verse 2 says: "And the house which King Solomon built for the Lord (Jehovah), the length thereof 60 cubits, and the breadth thereof 20, and the height thereof 30 cubits." Verse 3 says : "And the porch before the mouth or door of the temple of the house 20 cubits was the length before the face of the breadth of the house, 10 cubits the breadth before the face (or door) of the house." Verse 17 says: "And 40 cubits was the house, that is to say , hua, the temple, before its face (or door)." There is, then the house, bayith, 60 cubits; the temple, hecal, 40 cubits; and the length of the porch, olaum, 20 cubits, one length connected with another, for the ground plan, or a total of 120 cubits. This gives, or embraces, in the house and temple inclosure, the length of the tabernacle and court inclosure, of 100 cubits. As to the porch, olaum, in front of the temple, II. Chronicles, chapter 3, verse 4, says : "And the porch that was in the front, the length was according to (or agreeing with) the breadth of the house, and the height was an hundred and twenty (120) cubits, and he overlaid it within with pure gold." Here, it is observable that the holy of holies was lined with gold ; it was at the extreme end of the length of 120 cubits. Here, the base of the porch, or bottom of a height of 120 cubits, of the same dimensions as to the length, and one-half the width of the most holy place, is also lined with gold, going to show what the connection of these gold-lined rooms had to do with the distance of 120 cubits. Josephus says there was a super- structure above the house equal to it in height (30 x 2 = 60) and then doubled, making a total height of 120 cubits. What the inclosure of the temple, hecal, part was, as distinguished from the house, bayith, is not specified; but 276 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH it is simply stated that the door of the house opened into the temple part, and the door of the temple part into that of the porch. It may have been an intermediate court like the court of 60 cubits before the tabernacle structure; the difference not being in the sum of the lengths, which, in either case, was 40 + 60=100 cubits, but in the one case the court is 40, and in the other 60 cubits long. The temple, likely, was a court looking to the open vault of the heavens, and surrounded by other inclosures? But what became of the altar of incense ? Of the table for shew bread? Of that for the golden candlestick? These supposed to be placed in the most holy place before the veil, as in the tabernacle, then the only further change of arrangement seems to have been simply in the location of the brazen sea in the northeast corner of the house inclosure, part of the court before the tabernacle, now, or here, placed under roof; the great brazen altar being located before the house in the temple part. II. Kings 16, 14, mentions this as in the forefront of the house, and this is again implied in I. Kings 8,64. It could not be located with- in the house, as there would be no space around it. This fact of its being before the house, gives a distance between the house and the porch, as the temple part. I. Kings 6, says that there were two pillars -Jachin, which, according to Josephus, was on the south side, and Boaz, which was on the north side of the porch entrance. They were 18 cubits in height each, or, together, 36 cubits, or the i-io of 360; and they girded 12 cubits. The holy of holies was a cube of 20 x 20 x 20 cubits, located, as stated, in the west end of the house, bayith. Five colors seemed to be involved about and in it. It was, according to Josephus, built in white, or the color of the ether. Inside it was lined with red cedar. This again, was lined with orange gold. The interior was closed against the light, and was in the blackness of darkness, as the proper place for the ark of the covenant (or the meeting together of two opposite principles). It is thought that these 277 colors typical red, earth; golden, of the sun in general, or the sunny part of the year, when, or as, contrasted with the brazen sun of winter; white, or silver color, of the moon ; and black, of the night, of the womb, of the nadir. The condition of the room as to colors would seem to indicate time and earth measures, and also the place where those earth measures were to be found, or to be originated, as down in the depths at the center of a mass, in the dark; like finding a starting point of construction by placing a pyramid in a sphere. (b.) The holy of holies was divided, as to its cubical contents, by the placing of the cherubims. There seems to be no especial meaning to this word, fitting it for such a place. The meanings usually assigned, though perhaps pioper enough after a fashion as man, angel, cherub, are really not proper to the term. The word comes from Carab, meaning prehensile, to seize, grasp as with talons, or between talons; as substantive, it means a bird (as a griffin or eagle), fierce, because of its quality of closing upon something, or anything, with its talons. It is the English word crab, that seizes with its circular pincers ; also the word grab, as closing the fingers upon something. On looking at the Zodiac signs for June and October, it will be seen that they are represented as closely alike one as the scorpion, and the other as the crab; and, in fact, for the zodiac, these two answered, as stretching over or embracing the two cubes lepresenting that quadrant of the year between cancer and scorpio, just as the cherubims stretched over and em- braced the covenant or meeting of the two halves of the ark. This word is especially used as to the Garden of Eden, guarding the way to the tree of life in the center of the space, the place of covenant or of meeting. In one sense, they may be taken as the hooks barring the opening of the sistrum. It is used as spanning half the space over the ark of the covenant; and the same use is here made as for one span- ning half the space over 10 cubits. The real value of the word is thought to be in its numerical value, which is 278 THE GREAT PYEAMID JEEZEH Caph=2o, Resh = 2oo,Beth=2,or a total of 222. These cherubims were 10 cubits in height, and stood with out- stretched wings of 5 cubits in length, each touching as to each, the wall upon one side, and the tip of the wing of the other, in the midst. Underneath the meeting or covenant of the wings was the division line, either of separation or of meeting of the two rectangular solids of the ark of the cove- nant (signifying the two sexes). COMPARISON OF THE MEASURES OF THE TEMPLE WITH THOSE OF THE GREAT PYRAMID. (c.) (i.) As to the pillars. 18 cubits =20. 612 + 10.306 feet, or 30.918 feet; and these are the numerical values, divided by 10, to give the standard measures of the vertical axial line of the pyramid, to embrace the dis- tance between the top of Campbell's chamber and the base of the pyramid, and between the base and subterranean (floor of) passageway. 30.918^- =25.765, and 1-2 I 2 the length of the ark is 25.765 inches. The girth of the pillars was 12 cubits = 20. 612 feet, showing that the cir- cumference was in terms of a perfect circumference value. Whether the sum of the heights, or 36, was to represent a reduction of the circle of 360, is a matter of conjecture; but it is strengthened by the fact that Boaz was the repre- sentative of Typhon, or the North, or the dark or winter part of the year, and Jachin was the opposite, and as a division of the standard circle of 360, each would indicate the half, or 180: and they are each noted as 1 8. If the con- jecture is right, one entered the temple the gateway of the birth of the year circle. This is perfectly paralleled by the qualities of the descending passageway in the pyramid, as it involved both the circular elements and their applica- tion to the measures of the earth in its equatorial value of 360, by its diameters in miles, and then the measures of the time circles about the sun made by this very equa- torial. THE SOURCE OF MEASURES 279 (2.) The porch was 120 cubits high, or 206.12 feet, that so familiar value of the pyramid. It was 20 cubits long, or 34. 3533+ feet, or the standard length of the king's chamber in the pyramid. It was 10 cubits broad, 17.1766 + feet, 206 . 1 2 inches, the standard width of the king's chamber (3.) The porch, temple, and house lengths, together, were 120 cubits, or 206 . 1 2 feet, also ; while the holy of holies plus the most holy place, or 40 cubits in all, or 68 . 7064 feet, was, as to measure, and comparative location, the veri- table measure of the king's chamber region, with respect to its like location in the 120 cubit height in the pyramid. (4.) The temple and house lengths, together, or 60 + 40 = 100 cubits = 1 71 . 766+ feet, or 2061 . 2 inches, was that beautiful proportion, as extending from the base of the pyramid to the center point of the king's chamber region. From the base of the pyramid to the roof of Campbell's chamber is 137 . 509 + 68. 7066 = 206. 12 feet, or 120 cubits (taken at the standard measures). The king's chamber region taken from a point in the center of the floor, with a radius of 34 . 3533 + feet, 68 . 706 feet, or 20 x 2 =40 cubits. There can be no mistake as to the sameness of intention as regards these like measures. (The value 206.12 feet, or 120 cubits, was a great governing measure, and as it im- plied also the full numerical value 20612, being constructed from it, it was the great number value, after all, of all construction, as is fully set forth in the foregoing sections of this work. This number of 120 cubits, then, thus com- posed, is 206, and its use thus, and in its original term of 20612, is implied in the great measuring word throughout Scripture and Kabbala. That word is Dabvar, in Hebrew, or 206, and is the Logos word.) (5.) The holy of holies, as a cube of 20, was just 1-8 of the cube of the king's chamber region in the pyramid, or the full cube of the length of the king's chamber. (This use, emblematically, is referred to elsewhere; but it is of so curious a nature that it is well to state it again. The primal one, or cube, was taken as containing all material and all 280 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH life within itself. It was male-female; but when disinte- gration took place of the one into two separated and opposed existences, as of male and female, each had to be a perfect one, also, in its special construction. To make, therefore, a perfect one, which will combine these opposed relations, they were to be used together, and it requires just 8 of the smaller cubes, viz., 4 males and 4 females, together to make the larger. The king's chamber region is the great cube of this union; and the king's chamber, as to its length of 20 cubits, was the eighth part of the whole cube, and, of itself, was, as to its length, an oblong of two cubes, or, in itself, male-female.) The division by the cherubims divided into halves, making a nearer approximation to the king's chamber proportions. The ark, though similarly a small rectangular solid or oblong, placed in the holy of holies, as the coffer was in the king's chamber, was differ- ently proportioned, showing a difference of use in the meas- urement. (6.) As to colors, the white and red, and black of the temple tallied with the like of the pyramid, the golden being an exception. (And, possibly that exception would not have been noted, in the palmy days of its practical use). (7.) As to the ark, it was 2 1-2 cubits long, or 51 . 53 inches, or, numerically, the area of the circle inscribed in the square of 6561. Its height added to its breadth = 3 cubits, or 5 .153 feet; showing, for one thing, that it was so contrived as to be reducible back to the elements whence its, and all the temple measures were derived; and this could not be done by possibility, except by the intervention of two grades of measure, and those were, respectfully, the English inch and foot. (8.) But the sameness of relations of the temple with those of the pyramid seems to be confirmed by the use of the cherubims. They were 10 cubits high, and by their use marked out the division of the holy of holies into 10 cubits measures. Take some pyramid developments: THE SOURCE OF MEASURES C 1 -) 5*53 x 8 = 41224 inches, the circumference of the base of the pyramid placed in the sphere. ( 2 -) 5*53 x 2 = 20612; 206. 12 = 17.17666 feet, or 10 4 12 cubits. 17.17666 x 3053 + feet, or 36643. 55 inches, or 3 2 the circumference of the base of the pyramid proper; 1-8 this circumference is 381.7037+ feet, or, 222.222 + CUbitS. It is thus seen that the use of the 10 cubits value develops the 1-2 base side of the Great Pyramid in the measure of 222 cubits. It is seen that in the development of the holy of holies, the ark contains the original measures. It is placed in a space of 10 cubits. This 10 cubits measure of division is made by the use of the (Hebrew word) cherub, and the numerical value of cherub is 222. (Sec. 53.) There is a most strange and far-reaching value connected with this cubit value of 444.444 for the base side of the pyramid. The four sides would equal 1777 . 777 + cubits. The pyramid was constructed from 4 2 that value of the Parker elements of 206 1 2 x - = 36643 . 55 + 3" . 2 for circumference value, and 6 56 1 x = 11664 for diameter 3 value, or for height. Now, (i-) 3 66 43-55~^ 20 - 6l2 = I 777-77.and (2.) 11664-^-6.561 = 1777.77; or, numerically, this very pyramid base value. This is brought about by the 4 2 4 2 i 6 factor as common to both. = ; and, as was shown, 3" 3 2 9 this expression embraces the factors of the square foot English , because 16 x 9 = 1 44 . The reverse use or 1 6 -=- 9 = 1777.777 + , showing that these factor numbers, by another change of use, at once lay the foundation of the pyramid and temple works ; the knowledge of the scales of measure, and the use as applied to geometrical elements, being implied. Somehow, all the systems Hindu, Egyptian, Hebrew, and 282 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH British belong to one another, and are, in fact, one system. So, here in this temple and its holy of holies, and its ark, we have the ear-marks of the full" use of the pyramid measures, under another style of architecture. Was there ever such a concordance of measures, unless attended by a similarity of use? (d.) The representation of the holy of holies, in ver- tical cross section is as follows : The ark was the residence of Jehovah, and he specifies his place as at the meeting of the cubes of the ark, between the cherubims. What was his numerical essential, to accord with all these measuring properties ? He was the perfect one, or i o, or a straight line, one, of a denomina- tion of the perfect circle, o viz., 20612 ; reduced evenly and by scale, to an inappreciable minuteness, not to be seen by the eye, nor conceivable by the senses, yet, nevertheless, this perfect one. KABBALISTIC MATTERS CONNECTED WITH THE TEMPLE DESCRIPTION. (e.) The astronomical features about the temple were plain. The entrance was toward the rising sun, or the- vernal equinox. The holy of holies was in the west of the structure, toward the place of the setting sun, the autumnal equinox. The great quadrangular was oriented and faced to the four ivinds, or N., E., S., and W. The brazen sea had on its ledges the ox, the cherub or man, and the lion. The lion was the sign of the summer, the man of the winter THE SOURCE OF MEASUEES 283 and the ox of the spring. The sign of autumn, or Dan, was left out that worm all-devouring, never-dying, the scorpion. This has an architectural parallel. Nork relates that the temple of Notre Dame, in Paris, was formerly a temple of the goddess Isis, or the sign Virgo. On this tem- ple was sculptured the zodiac with its signs; that of Virgo (Isis~) was left out, because the whole temple was dedicated to her. So with the temple. The whole religious cultus of the Israelites was located in the sign Dan, or Scorpio, for it was here that "I have waited for thy salvation, O Lord (Jehovah}." Take the two squares of the zodiac, representing two quarters, or quadrants, of the year; one lorded over by Leo, the lion, next to the summer solstice, and then going west and downward, the second qttadrant is reached, extending to the winter solstice, and lorded over by Dan, the scorpion, who holds the entrance. This upper square, or cube, is golden, the male, full of the fructifying power of the sun; the lower one is the female, and black, the womb, the brazen part. Now it will be seen that Solo- mon, the son of David, of the tribe of Judah, whose sign was the lion, made all the gold work. But it was Huram that made tne brazen sea and all the brass work. Wno was Huram? The son of a widow, a woman of dark or black weeds, of the tribe of Dan, whose sign was the Scorpion. He made the work pertaining to his portion of the zodiac that is, the place of Typhon, of winter, of darkness, of woman, etc. So, here is represented the western half , and the summer and winter quarters of the celestial sphere, squared, or cubed. There is something peculiar as to the opening of the 6th Chapter of I. Kings: "And it came to pass, in the four hundred and eightieth year after the children of Isreal were come out of the land of Egypt, in the fourth year of Solomon's reign over Israel in the month Zif, which is the second month, that he began to btild the house of (Jehovah) the Lord." The chronological date here pointed out has been a very great vexation and stumbling-block to commen- 284 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH tators. It is generally looked on as a date falsely taken. But it is well enough a determination of the meaning of the structure which was about to be built, for 480 + 4+ 2=486, which, in feet, as coming from 6561 x = 11664 inches, 9 was the height of the great pyramid, or sun measure, the interior works of which were copied after in the temple, as has been shown. QUADRATURE OF THE CIRCLE, AND SQUARE ROOT OF TWO. BY W. A. MYERS. (Sec. 54.) Of Melchizedek (Pater-Sadie), Hebrew learning has handed down that he was without beginning or ending of days. True, but he was a means also of determin- ing both by correction, holding the balance of the ecliptic. (As to the value of Melchizedek of 294, this is 49 x 6; and as to the number 49, or 7 2 , attention is called to "Proposi- tion 2, Theorem," and to "Proposition 3, Theorem," of a "Quadrature of the Circle," and "The Square Root of Two" by W. A. Myers, of Louisville, Ky. (Wilstach, Baldwin & Co., Cincinnati.) It may be that Mr. Myers has reproduced an ancient method for the calculations of circular elements as sines, cosines, etc. His Proposition 3 is as follows: "(i.) If a circle be described with the square root of two for a radius, and the one-fiftieth of the square described on the radius be deducted therefrom, the square root of the remaining forty-nine fiftieths can be extracted exactly. (2.) The square root of the one-fiftieth so deducted will be the sine of the given arc. (3.) The square root of the remaining forty-nine fiftieths will be the cosine of the given arc." In many respects his work is well worth mention THE SOUECE OF MEASUEES 285 NOTE AS TO FISHES. From The Source of Measures. BY J. RALSTON SKINNER. (Sec. 55.) "The symbol of the 'fish' was a favorite one among all the ancients. Mr. Bryant shows its origin, in the mythologies, to have been in the figure of the Deluge; the type being of a fish with the head of a man. In Pnceni- cia, especially, it was of great import in the idol Dagon. The Christian Kabbala, or Gnosticism, deals very largely in the mention of fishes; in such sort, that it may be said to be rested upon the symbol, though its use everywhere is made to appear as incidental and natural. The New Testament narratives have been so highly colored by the kabbalistic import, that, commonly, too sweeping or em- bracing a quality has been given to the idea of fishermen, as applied to the apostles. The character of fishermen, it is true, is attached to Peter and Andrew, to John and James; but, beyond the little that is said of their catching fish with nets in boats, no great stress is laid on fishing as a trade, or fixed occupation. There was sufficient to introduce the use of the ancient symbol, without departing from what might truthfully have been the case as to fishing in the Jordan. The fishing as conducted by these men, was in the Sea of Galilee, or of Tiberius. This, lake or sea, is but an enlargement of the river Jordan, where it spreads out into wide water, or small lake, or rather pond, of some ten to twelve miles in length by about six miles in breadth. The fishing carried on in it was in ships, or small fishing vessels, with sails, by means of seines or nets. The popula- tion to be supplied was a dense one at that time, and the occupation is represented as pertaining to quite a class, thus exhibiting a settled business. It seems impossible that this could have been the case. The only condition by which fishing of that kind could have existed, and could have been carried on as a trade, in such a piece of water, would have had to depend upon a constant supply of fish to 286 THE GREAT PYRAMID JEEZEH catch, from some large body of water as a breeding ground, the fishing taking place in what is called the run of the fish, at stated seasons. Communication with such a body of water as, for instance, the ocean would stock such a pond with a few fish at all times, but not in such quantity as to justify an occupation as described, save at certain seasons of the year. This is a simple and truthful state- ment, justified by all the registered experience in such matters. But the conditions of the Jordan river are fearful for sustaining fleets of fishing vessels plying the trade on the waters of the sea, or pond, of Tiberius. It is almost a straight stream, with a very rapid descent from its source to its mouth (it is called The Descender), save when it enlarges out in the morass of Merom and into the waters of this inland sea. Its condition parts of the year is that of a brook. It rises in the springs of Mount Hermon, and, after a run down hill of 150 miles, empties into the asphal- tum lake, in which no fish can live or breed. If the river was far enough north, brook trout might abound to some extent in its waters, but these would have to be preserved with care, for it would require but little angling to depopu- late it of this species. The whole of the fisheries of the Sea of Galilee would, therefore, have to depend upon its own breeding-grounds, of which, it may be said, there can be none, save of the species of what are called mud or cat fish, which were prohibited from use, as having no scales, and a few others, utterly unfit to found a fishery on, as a busi- ness of continuous calling. The conclusion seems irresis- tible, that to have stpported a mode of fishing, such as is commonly thought and taken to have been the case, would have required a continuous miracle of keeping up the supply. All this seems to confirm the idea that the relation of fishing was to raise a symbol, comporting with and necessary to display ancient uses and meanings." (Sec. 56.) As is seen, the great display of the creative law of measure among the Egyptians was in the "first great wonder of the ivorld," the great pyramid. Among the ESOTEEIC TEACHING LIMITED 287 Hebrews it was in (i.) the Garden of Eden; (2.) the Ark of Noah; (3.) the Tabernacle; and (4.) the Temple of Solomon. Around these actual displays, descriptions were conveyed by the hieroglyphic reading of the narratives of Holy Writ.